Ocurrió un error. Detalles Ocultar
Usted tiene páginas sin guardar. Restablecer Cancelar

India

  • Presidente:Ram Nath Kovind
  • Primer Ministro:Narendra Modi
  • Capital:New Delhi
  • Idiomas:Hindi 41%, Bengali 8.1%, Telugu 7.2%, Marathi 7%, Tamil 5.9%, Urdu 5%, Gujarati 4.5%, Kannada 3.7%, Malayalam 3.2%, Oriya 3.2%, Punjabi 2.8%, Assamese 1.3%, Maithili 1.2%, other 5.9% note: English enjoys the status of subsidiary official language but is the most important language for national, political, and commercial communication; Hindi is the most widely spoken language and primary tongue of 41% of the people; there are 14 other official languages: Bengali, Telugu, Marathi, Tamil, Urdu, Gujarati, Malayalam, Kannada, Oriya, Punjabi, Assamese, Kashmiri, Sindhi, and Sanskrit; Hindustani is a popular variant of Hindi/Urdu spoken widely throughout northern India but is not an official language (2001 census)
  • Gobierno
  • Instituto Nacional de Estadística
  • Población, personas:1.339.180.127 (2017)
  • Área, km2:2.973.190 (2017)
  • PIB per cápita, US$:1.940 (2017)
  • PIB, mil millones US$:2.597,5 (2017)
  • Índice de GINI:35,1 (2011)
  • Ranking de Facilidad para Hacer Negocios:100 (2017)
Todos los conjuntos de datos:  2 3 A B C D E F G H I Í J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y В Н П С Ч
  • 2
    • febrero 2015
      Fuente: American Institute of Stress
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 abril, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Deloitte
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 junio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      With the release of the 2016 Global Manufacturing Competitiveness Index (GMCI), Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (Deloitte Global) and the Council on Competitiveness (the Council) in the US build upon the GMCI research, with prior studies published in 2010 and 2013. The results of the 2016 study clearly show the ongoing influence manufacturing has on driving global economies. From its influence on infrastructure development, job creation, and contribution to gross domestic product (GDP) on both an overall and per capita basis, a strong manufacturing sector creates a clear path toward economic prosperity.
  • 3
    • octubre 2016
      Fuente: Philipps-University of Marburg, Empirical Institutional Economics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The 3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index evaluates governmental anti-trafficking efforts in the three main policy dimensions (3Ps), based on the requirements prescribed by the United Nations Protocol to Prevent, Suppress and Punish Trafficking in Persons, especially Women and Children (2000).   The three main policy dimensions (3Ps) are:Prosecution of perpetrators of human traffickingPrevention of human traffickingProtection of the victims of human trafficking Each of the 3P areas is evaluated on a 5-point scale and each index is aggregated to the overall 3P Anti-trafficking Index as the  sum (score 3-15).Prosecution Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)Prevention Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)Protection Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index Score: 3 (no compliance for any of the three areas) - 15 (full compliance for all of the three areas) The 3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index is available for each country and each year and currently includes up to 189 countries for the preiod from 2000 to 2015.
  • A
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: Unique Identification Authority of India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data for total enrollments is a cumulative data
    • septiembre 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 diciembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Chapter C includes indicators that are a mixture of outcome indicators, policy levers and context indicators. Internationalisation of education and progression rates are, for instance, outcome measures to the extent that they indicate the results of policies and practices at the classroom, school and system levels. But they can also provide contexts for establishing policy by identifying areas where policy intervention is necessary, for example, to address issues of inequity.
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      World Electricity access database Hundreds of millions of people have gained access to modern energy over the last two decades, especially in China and India. Rapid economic development in several developing countries, increasing urbanisation and ongoing energy access programmes have been important factors in this achievement. The IEA Access to Energy database provides a snapshot of progress made toward meeting the ultimate goal of universal access. Note: For indicator population without access, value 1 represent <1 except Botswana, Guatemala countries
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Knoema
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Accuracy of annual economic forecasts of international organisations - European Commission, IMF, OECD, World Bank, UN LINK
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: National Institute of Statistics, Italy
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data source(s) used: Migration and calculation of foreign resident population and structure by citizenship : Istat since 2011 has been producing estimates on characteristics (citizenship of origin, gender and age) of the new Italian citizens and on the different ways of access to citizenship (marriage, residence, etc.). The data are also provided to Eurostat for Regulation (EC) 862/2007. The estimates are produced using different data sources. Istat: municipal registry lists Ministry of Interior: datasets on acquisitions of citizenship.
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 05 octubre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Activities of U.S. MNEs: Majority-Owned Foreign Affiliates, Selected Indicators, 2016.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset covers agriculture statistics for both national and state level for the following topics; Pattern of land utilization, Area under principal crops, Production of principal crops, Average yield, Cost estimates. Source: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MOSPI) Note :Data refers to market year, for example data for 2001-02 market year is uploaded as data for 2002
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Agricultural Market Information System
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data Source - CBS Notes: Financial Year 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 have been considered as 2017, 2018, 2019 respectively
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Agricultural Market Information System
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Notes: Financial Years 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 have been considered as 2017, 2018, 2019 respectively. Data Source - IGS
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Agricultural Market Information System
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data Source - PSD Notes: Financial Year 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 have been considered as 2017, 2018, 2019 respectively.
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: National Bureau of Statistics, Maldives
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2013
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2014The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2015
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Agri-environmental Indicators—Land domain provides information on the annual evolution of the distribution of agricultural and forest areas, and their sub-components, including irrigated areas, at national, regional and global levels.
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Livestock Patterns domain of the FAOSTAT Agri-Environmental Indicators contains data on livestock numbers, shares of major livestock species and livestock densities in the agricultural area. Values are calculated using Livestock Units (LSU), which facilitate aggregating information for different livestock types. Data are available by country, with global coverage, for the period 1961–2014. This methodology applies the LSU coefficients reported in the "Guidelines for the preparation of livestock sector reviews" (FAO, 2011). From this publication, LSU coefficients are computed by livestock type and by country. The reference unit used for the calculation of livestock units (=1 LSU) is the grazing equivalent of one adult dairy cow producing 3000 kg of milk annually, fed without additional concentrated foodstuffs. FAOSTAT agri-environmental indicators on livestock patterns closely follow the structure of the indicators in EUROSTAT.
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data describe the average use of pesticides per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national level in a time series from 1990 to 2014. 
    • mayo 2013
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2013
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The gross nutrient balances (N and P) are calculated as the difference between the total quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system (mainly fertilizers, livestock manure), and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving the system (mainly uptake of nutrients by crops and grassland). Gross nutrient balances are expressed in tonnes of nutrient surplus (when positive) or deficit (when negative). This calculation can be used as a proxy to reveal the status of environmental pressures, such as declining soil fertility in the case of a nutrient deficit, or for a nutrient surplus the risk of polluting soil, water and air. The nutrient balance indicator is also expressed in terms of kilogrammes of nutrient surplus per hectare of agricultural land to facilitate the comparison of the relative intensity of nutrients in agricultural systems between countries.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      commitment is a firm written obligation by a government or official agency, backed by the appropriation or availability of the necessary funds, to provide resources of a specified amount under specified financial terms and conditions and for specified purposes for the benefit of a recipient country or a multilateral agency. Members unable to comply with this definition should explain the definition that they use. -- Commitments are considered to be made at the date a loan or grant agreement is signed or the obligation is otherwise made known to the recipient (e.g. in the case of budgetary allocations to overseas territories, the final vote of the budget should be taken as the date of commitment). For certain special expenditures, e.g. emergency aid, the date of disbursement may be taken as the date of commitment. -- Bilateral commitments comprise new commitments and additions to earlier commitments, excluding any commitments cancelled during the same year. Cancellations and reductions in the year reported on of commitments made in earlier years are reported in the CRS, but not in the DAC questionnaire. -- In contrast to bilateral commitments, commitments of capital subscriptions, grants and loans to multilateral agencies should show the sum of amounts which are expected to be disbursed before the end of the next year and amounts disbursed in the year reported on but not previously reported as a commitment. For capital subscriptions in the form of notes payable at sight, enter the expected amount of deposits of such notes as the amount committed.
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 julio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Destination of Official Development Assistance Disbursements. Geographical breakdown by donor, recipient and for some types of aid (e.g. grant, loan, technical co-operation) on a disbursement basis (i.e. actual expenditures). The data cover flows from bilateral and multilateral donors which focus on flows from DAC member countries and the EU Institutions.
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Akamai
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2014
      Fuente: Data{Meet}
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 junio, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset contains the mobile subscribers (monthly) across India. Note: Reliance Telecom figures are not included as the same is not being reported. Courtesy: Sreenivas KN, DataMeet Group    
    • junio 2013
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: All The Ginis Dataset Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/all-ginis-dataset License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   This dataset includes combined and standardized Gini data from eight original sources: Luxembourg Income Study (LIS), Socio-Economic Database for Latin America (SEDLAC), Survey of Living Conditions (SILC) by Eurostat, World Income Distribution (WYD; the full data set is available here), World Bank Europe and Central Asia dataset, World Institute for Development Research (WIDER), World Bank Povcal, and Ginis from individual long-term inequality studies (just introduced in this version).
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: National Institute of Statistics, Italy
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data source(s) used: Crimes reported to the Judicial authorities by the State Police, Carabinieri and Guardia di Finanza: Are processed the data on felonies and people who were reported by police to the court Other data characteristics: Data referring to social demographic characteristics of alleged offenders could not coincide with data on reports because of the different timing of extraction from police forces database.The sum of the crimes by province could not coincide with the total of the region, and that of the regions with the total Italy, because of the missed precise statement, for some crimes, of the place where they have been committed (or of the region of the committed crime but not of the province).
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Residential Property Prices Indices (RPPIs) – also named House price indices (HPIs), are index numbers that measure the prices of residential properties over time. RPPIs are key statistics not only for citizens and households across the world, but also for economic and monetary policy makers. They can help, for example, to monitor potential macroeconomic imbalances and the risk exposure of the household and financial sectors. This dataset covers the 34 OECD member countries and some non-member countries. In addition to the nominal RPPIs it contains information on real house prices, rental prices and the ratios of nominal prices to rents and to disposable household income per capita. This dataset contains quarterly statistics for each country. House prices differ widely across OECD countries, both with respect to recent changes and to valuation levels. The OECD has identified one main nominal index for each country that covers the prices for the sale of newly-built and existing dwellings. The datasets “Analytical house price indicators” and “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Headline Indicators” refer to the same price indices for all countries apart from Brazil, Canada, China, the United States and the Euro area. These differences are further documented in country-specific metadata. For the United States, the series used in “Analytical house price indicators” is included in the dataset called “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Complete database”, but is not the headline indicator. For all other countries, non-seasonally adjusted price indices in both datasets are identical in the period in which they overlap. This research dataset provides extended time series coverage for many countries. The objective is to provide information on the long term trend of house prices and develop indicators which can be used to help track and analyse macroeconomic developments and risks. The extended data supplement the OECD RPPI data with historical data from a variety of sources, including other international organisations, central banks and national statistical offices. The methodological basis on the historical data and the types of geographical areas and dwellings they cover can differ from those used in the OECD RPPI data. The database contains a number of additional series. Real house prices are given by the ratio of seasonally adjusted nominal house prices to the seasonally adjusted consumers’ expenditure deflator in each country, from the OECD national accounts database. This provides information on how nominal house prices have changed over time relative to prices in the general economy. The rental prices come from the OECD Main Economic Indicators database and refer to Consumer Price Indices (CPIs) for Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1). If this indicator is missing for a country, another indicator is chosen. The chosen indicator are usually those corresponding to the CPI aggregate for Housing including Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1), imputed rentals for housing (COICOP 04.2) and Maintenance and repair of the dwelling (COICOP 04.3). The disposable income indicators come from the OECD national accounts database. Net household disposable income is used. The population data come from the OECD national accounts database. The price-to-rent ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to rental prices. This is a measure of the profitability of owning a house. The price-to-income ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to nominal household disposable income per capita. This is a measure of the affordability of purchasing a house. An indication that house prices may be overvalued is provided if either of these ratios is above their long-term averages. The standardised price-rent and price-income ratios show the current price-rent and price-income ratios relative to their respective long-term averages. The long-term average, which is used as a reference value, is calculated over the whole period available when the indicator begins after 1980 or 1980 if the indicator is available over a longer time period. The standardised ratio is indexed to a reference value equal to 100 over the full sample period. Values over 100 indicate that the present price-rent ratio, or price-income ratio, is above its long-run norms. This provides an indication of possible housing market pressures.
    • junio 2017
      Fuente: International Tropical Timber Organization
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 24 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      ITTO's Annual Review and Assessment of the World Timber Situation compiles the most up-to-date and reliable international statistics available on global production and trade of timber, with an emphasis on the tropics. It also provides information on trends in forest area, forest management and the economies of ITTO member countries.
    • junio 1999
      Fuente: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Annual Temperature Anomaly timeseries for China, India, and the United States.
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      AQUASTAT is FAO's global information system on water and agriculture, developed by the Land and Water Division. The main mandate of the program is to collect, analyze and disseminate information on water resources, water uses, and agricultural water management with an emphasis on countries in Africa, Asia, Latin America and the Caribbean. This allows interested users to find comprehensive and regularly updated information at global, regional, and national levels.
    • enero 2014
      Fuente: World Resources Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 diciembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset shows countries and river basins' average exposure to five of Aqueduct's water risk indicators: baseline water stress, interannual variability, seasonal variability, flood occurrence, and drought severity. Risk exposure scores are available for every country (except Greenland and Antarctica), the 100 most populous river basins, and the 100 largest river basins by area. Scores are also available for all industrial, agricultural, and domestic users' average exposure to each indicator in each country and river basin. Citation: Gassert, F., P. Reig, T. Luo, and A. Maddocks. 2013. “Aqueduct country and river basin rankings: a weighted aggregation of spatially distinct hydrological indicators.” Working paper. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, November 2013. Available online at http://wri.org/publication/aqueduct-country-river-basin-rankings.
    • agosto 2015
      Fuente: World Resources Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Suggested citation: Luo, T., R. Young, and P. Reig. 2015. "Aqueduct projected water stress rankings." Technical note. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, August 215. Available online at http://www.wri.org/publication/aqueduct-projected-water-stress-country-rankings.    Supplemental Materials: Country Scores                         WRI projected future country-level water stress for 2020, 2030, and 2040 under business-as-usual (BAU), optimistic, and pessimistic scenarios. Each tab lists country projected water stress scores for each scenario and year, weighted by overall water withdrawals. Scores weighted by individual sectors (agricultural, domestic, and industrial) are provided as well.   These global projections are best suited to making comparisons among countries for the same year and among scenarios and decades for the same region. More detailed and localized data or scenarios can better estimate potential outcomes for specific regions and expose large sub-national variations that are subsumed under countrywide water-stress values. The country indicators face persistent limitations in attempting to simplify complex information, such as spatial and temporal variations, into a single number. They also do not account for the governance and investment structure of the water sector in different countries.    It is important to note the inherent uncertainty in estimating any future conditions, particularly those associated with climate change, future population and economic trends, and water demand. Additionally, care should be taken when examining the change rates of a country’s projected stress levels between one year and another, because the risk-score thresholds are not linear. For more information on these limitations, see the technical note.   Projections are described in further detail in: Luck, M., M. Landis, and F. Gassert, “Aqueduct Water Stress Projections: Decadal Projections of Water Supply and Demand Using CMIP5 GCMs,” Technical note (Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, April 2015), http://www.wri.org/publication/aqueduct-water-stress-projections.   Water Stress withdrawals / available flow Water stress measures total annual water withdrawals (municipal, industrial, and agricultural) expressed as a percentage of the total annual available blue water. Higher values indicate more competition among users. Score Value [0-1) Low (<10%) [1-2) Low to medium (10-20%) [2-3) Medium to high (20-40%) [3-4) High (40-80%) [4-5] Extremely high (>80%)    
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Coffee Board of India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      India: Coffee Statistics by Area, Production, Holdings & Labor Employment Note: FY 2018-2019 is taken as 2019. The Coffee Board of India is an autonomous body, functioning under the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India. The Board serves as a friend, philosopher and guide of the coffee industry in India. Set up under an Act of the Parliament of India in the year 1942, the Board focuses on research, development, extension, quality up-gradation, market information, and the domestic and external promotion of Coffees of India. Source: Market Intelligence & Statistical Unit Coffee Board
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Stockholm International Peace Research Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI)   The SIPRI Arms Transfers Database contains information on all transfers of major conventional weapons from 1950 to the most recent full calendar year. It is a unique resource for researchers, policy-makers and analysts, the media and civil society interested in monitoring and measuring the international flow of major conventional arms. For more information, see http://www.sipri.org/databases/armstransfers/sources-and-methods/
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los puestos de trabajo asalariados son aquellos puestos de trabajo en los que los titulares tienen contratos de trabajo por los que reciben una remuneración básica que no depende directamente de los ingresos de la unidad para la que trabajan. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica y por ocupación, utilizando las versiones más recientes disponibles de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU) y la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO). La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja. La información sobre las ocupaciones hace referencia al conjunto de tareas y obligaciones llevadas a cabo por o asignadas a una persona.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los puestos de trabajo asalariados son aquellos puestos de trabajo en los que los titulares tienen contratos de trabajo por los que reciben una remuneración básica que no depende directamente de los ingresos de la unidad para la que trabajan. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU) y se presentan para categorías al nivel de 2 dígitos de la clasificación. La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 septiembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los puestos de trabajo asalariados son aquellos puestos de trabajo en los que los titulares tienen contratos de trabajo por los que reciben una remuneración básica que no depende directamente de los ingresos de la unidad para la que trabajan. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU) y se presentan para una serie de categorías selectas al nivel de 2 dígitos de la clasificación. La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los puestos de trabajo asalariados son aquellos puestos de trabajo en los que los titulares tienen contratos de trabajo por los que reciben una remuneración básica que no depende directamente de los ingresos de la unidad para la que trabajan. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los puestos de trabajo asalariados son aquellos puestos de trabajo en los que los titulares tienen contratos de trabajo por los que reciben una remuneración básica que no depende directamente de los ingresos de la unidad para la que trabajan. Los datos están desagregados por ocupación, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO) y se presentan para categorías al nivel de 2 dígitos de la clasificación. La información sobre las ocupaciones hace referencia al conjunto de tareas y obligaciones llevadas a cabo por o asignadas a una persona.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los datos están desagregados por ocupación, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO). La información sobre las ocupaciones hace referencia al conjunto de tareas y obligaciones llevadas a cabo por o asignadas a una persona. Los puestos de trabajo asalariados son aquellos puestos de trabajo en los que los titulares tienen contratos de trabajo por los que reciben una remuneración básica que no depende directamente de los ingresos de la unidad para la que trabajan.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los puestos de trabajo asalariados son aquellos puestos de trabajo en los que los titulares tienen contratos de trabajo por los que reciben una remuneración básica que no depende directamente de los ingresos de la unidad para la que trabajan. Los datos se presentan por sector institucional, lo que implica una desagregación entre sector público y privado. La ocupación en el sector público comprende la ocupación en el sector del gobierno y en empresas y compañías del Estado residentes y que operan a nivel central, estatal (o regional) o local del gobierno. Esto abarca a todas las personas directamente empleadas por estas instituciones, independientemente del tipo de contrato de trabajo. La ocupación en el sector privado se refiere a la ocupación en todas las unidades residentes operadas por empresas privadas, es decir, excluye a las empresas operadas o controladas por el sector del gobierno.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      APD Regional Economic Outlook (REO) provides information on recent economic developments and prospects for countries in Asia and Pacific. Data for the REO for Asia and Pacific is prepared in conjunction with the semi-annual World Economic Outlook (WEO) exercises, spring and fall. Data are consistent with the projections underlying the WEO. REO aggregate data may differ from WEO aggregates due to differences in group membership. Composite data for country groups are weighted averages of data for individual countries. Arithmetic weighted averages are used for all concepts except for inflation and broad money, for which geometric averages are used. PPP GDP weights from the WEO database are used for the aggregation of real GDP growth, real non-oil GDP growth, real per capita GDP growth, investment, national savings, broad money, claims on the nonfinancial private sector, and real and nominal effective exchange rates. Aggregates for other concepts are weighted by GDP in U.S. dollars at market exchange rates.
    • marzo 2017
      Fuente: Transparency International
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 febrero, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at GLOBAL CORRUPTION BAROMETER 2015/16/17by Transparency International is licensed under CC-BY-ND 4.0. Global Corruption Barometer is the largest world-wide public opinion survey on corruption. see more at https://www.transparency.org/research/gcb/gcb_2015_16/0 In the most extensive survey of its kind, we spoke to 21,861 people in 16 countries, regions and territories across the Asia Pacific region between July 2015 and January 2017 about their perceptions and experiences of corruption. The survey results show a great diversity in the corruption risks across the region, but in every country surveyed there is scope for improved approaches to corruption prevention.
    • noviembre 2015
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      ASTI collects primary time-series data on agricultural research capacity and spending levels through national survey rounds in over 80 low-and middle-income countries. Data collection is carried out by country focal points, who distribute survey forms to all agencies known to conduct agricultural research in a given country, including government, nonprofit, and higher education agencies. Private-for profit sector coverage is limited, and hence excluded from this dataset. More detailed country- and regional-level data on agricultural research capacity, investment, and outputs are available 
    • marzo 2015
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 agosto, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2015
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 agosto, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • octubre 2014
      Fuente: LMC Automotive
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 enero, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Automative Industry, 2014
    • septiembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset presents the average number of students in a class by type of institution.
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
  • B
    • octubre 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Denmark
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      U.S. Direct Investment Abroad: Balance of Payments and Direct Investment Position 
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The balance of payments is a statistical statement that provides a systematic summary of economic transactions of an economy with the rest of the world, for a specific time period. The transactions are for the most part between residents and non-residents of the economy. A transaction is defined as an economic flow that reflects the creation, transformation, exchange, transfer, or extinction of economic value and involves changes in ownership, of goods or assets, the provision of services, labour or capital.  This dataset presents countries compiling balance of payments statistics in accordance with the 6th edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual published by the IMF (BPM6). Transactions include: the goods and services accounts, the primary income account (income account in BPM5), the secondary income account (transfers in BPM5), the capital account, and the financial account. Changes in BPM6 compared to BPM5 are often a consequence of a stricter application of the change of ownership principle in particular in the goods and services accounts. They relate to transactions on goods and services (merchanting, goods for processing, Insurance), income (investment income), and financial operations (direct investment) .
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Denmark
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Balance of payment, quarterly by items, receipts/expenditure, country and time
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: Department of Statistics, Malaysia
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 febrero, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Annual statistics of Malaysia's balance of payment as time series 1947 - 2017.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      BOPSY Global Tables aggregate country data by major balance of payments components and by international investment position (IIP) data for (i) Net IIP and (ii) Total Assets and Total Liabilities. Data for countries, country groups, and the world are provided. In addition to data reported by countries as shown in BOPSY, balance of payments data are provided for international organizations in BOPSY Global Tables. The BOPSY Global Tables include, in addition to reported data, data derived in a few instances indirectly from published sources.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Since the collection of 2009 data, the scope of the OECD Global Insurance Statistics questionnaire has been expanded. These changes led to the collection of key balance sheet and income statement items for direct insurance and reinsurance sectors, such as: gross claims paid, outstanding claims provision (changes), gross operating expenses, commissions, total assets, gross technical provisions (of which: unit-linked), shareholder equity, net income.
    • septiembre 2010
      Fuente: Ministry of Rural Development, Government of India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Note: data cited at Extracted from Accountability India http://www.accountabilityindia.in/expenditure_track. FY2008-09 referred as 2009. Source: http://nrega.nic.in/netnrega/home.aspx
    • junio 2015
      Fuente: Barro-Lee
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 octubre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Barro-Lee  
    • agosto 2015
      Fuente: Barro-Lee
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 octubre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Barro-Lee
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Bureau of Police Research & Development, Ministry of Home Affairs, India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Note: 2017 data is published as read only PDF (scanned image.). Please refer here: http://bprd.nic.in/WriteReadData/userfiles/file/databook2017.pdf Data on Police Organisation in India - an annual publication of Bureau of Police Research is a compilation of important statistics about Police Force of States and Union Territories as well as Central Armed Police Forces of the Union
    • diciembre 2012
      Fuente: PoachingFacts.com
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 junio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Sugar Data of United States
    • abril 2014
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 febrero, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      UNCTAD's Bilateral FDI Statistics provides up-to-date and systematic FDI data for 206 economies around the world, covering inflows (table 1), outflows (table 2), inward stock (table 3) and outward stock (table 4) by region and economy. Data are in principle collected from national sources. In order to cover the entire world, where data are not available from national sources, data from partner countries (mirror data) as well as from other international organizations have also been used.
    • abril 2018
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This data set provides a snapshot of migration and remittances for all countries, regions and income groups of the world, compiled from available data from various sources
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: United Nations COMTRADE
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Both ethanol and biodiesel are classified under the HS-6 digit categories that also contain other products. Biodiesel is an industrial product (as it is produced through a chemical process called transesterification) and classified under HS code 382490 - products, preparations and residual products of the chemical or allied industries not elsewhere specified. Ethanol is classified as an agriculture product under HS code 2207, which covers un-denatured (HS 2207 10) and denatured alcohol (HS 2207 20).
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The residential property price statistics collect data from different countries. The BIS has obtained permission from various national data providers, with the assistance of its member central banks, to disseminate these statistics. The topic ‘Property prices: Selected series,’ contains nominal and real quarterly values for 58 countries, both in levels and in growth rates (ie four series per country). Real series are the nominal price series deflated by the consumer price index. The BIS has made the selection based on the Handbook on Residential Property Prices and the experience and metadata of central banks.   Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Bloom Consulting
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 mayo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Bloom Consulting was founded in 2003 as a Nation Branding consultancy. Our Headquarters are located in Madrid, with offices in Lisbon and São Paulo. Bloom Consulting has been interviewed by The Economist, Forbes and CNN . According to Country Branding Central www.countrybrandingwiki.org, our CEO José Filipe Torres, a recurrent lecturer in Universities such as Harvard, is considered one of the top 3 international experts in the field of Nation Branding, Region and City Branding, providing advisory for the OECD. In addition, Bloom Consulting publishes the Bloom Consulting Country Brand Ranking © annually for both Trade and Tourism, to extensively analyze the brand performance of 193 countries and territories worldwide and the Digital Country Index - Measuring the Brand appeal of countries and territories in the Digital World.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: BP
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Energy Outlook explores the forces shaping the global energy transition out to 2040 and the key uncertainties surrounding that transition. The Outlook considers a number of different scenarios. These scenarios are not predictions of what is likely to happen or what BP would like to happen. Rather, they explore the possible implications of different judgments and assumptions by considering a series of “what if” experiments. The scenarios consider only a tiny sub-set of the uncertainty surrounding energy markets out to 2040; they do not provide a comprehensive description of all possible future outcomes. For ease of explanation, much of the Outlook is described with reference to the ‘Evolving Transition’ scenario. But that does not imply that the probability of this scenario is higher than the others. Indeed, the multitude of uncertainties means the probability of any one of these scenarios materializing exactly as described is negligible. The Energy Outlook is produced to aid BP’s analysis and decision-making, and is published as a contribution to the wider debate. But the Outlook is only one source among many when considering the future of global energy markets. BP considers the scenarios in the Outlook, together with a range of other analysis and information, when forming its long-term strategy.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: BP
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      BP Energy Outlook Charts Data Pack - 2019 edition The Energy Outlook considers different aspects of the energy transition and the key issues and uncertainties these raise.   In all the scenarios considered, world GDP more than doubles by 2040 driven by increasing prosperity in fast-growing developing economies. In the Evolving transition (ET) scenario this improvement in living standards causes energy demand to increase by around a third over the Outlook, driven by India, China and Other Asia which together account for two-thirds of the increase. Despite this increase in energy demand, around two-thirds of the world’s population in 2040 still live in countries where average energy consumption per head is relatively low, highlighting the need for ‘more energy’. Energy consumed within industry and buildings accounts for around three-quarters of the increase in energy demand. Growth in transport demand slows sharply relative to the past, as gains in vehicle efficiency accelerate. The share of passenger vehicle kilometres powered by electricity increases to around 25% by 2040, supported by the growing importance of fully-autonomous cars and shared-mobility services.
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: BP
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 junio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The BP Statistical Review of World Energy has provided high-quality, objective and globally consistent data on world energy markets. The Review is one of the most widely respected and authoritative publications in the field of energy economics, used for reference by the media, academia, world governments and energy companies. A new edition is published every June. Historical data from 1965 for many sections.
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: National Institute of Statistics, Cameroon
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: https://cameroon.opendataforafrica.org/gfuiizc Breeding and Fishing, 2013
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: Jobs Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/jobs License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   The World Bank Jobs Statistics Over 150 indicators on labor-related topics, covering over 200 economies from 1990 to present.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The business tendency survey indicators cover a standard set of indicators for four economic sectors: manufacturing, construction, retail trade and other services. This includes an indicator of overall business conditions or business confidence in each sector. The consumer opinion survey indicators cover a restricted set of indicators on consumer confidence, expected economic situation and price expectations.   Business and consumer opinion (tendency) surveys provide qualitative information that has proved useful for monitoring the current economic situation. Typically they are based on a sample of enterprises or households and respondents are asked about their assessments of the current situation and expectations for the immediate future. For enterprise surveys this concerns topics such as production, orders, stocks etc. and in the case of consumer surveys their intentions concerning major purposes, economic situation now compared with the recent past and expectations for the immediate future. Many survey series provide advance warning of turning points in aggregate economic activity as measured by GDP or industrial production. Such series are known as leading indicators in cyclical analysis. These types of survey series are widely used as component series in composite leading indicators.   The main characteristic of these types of surveys is that instead of asking for exact figures, they usually ask for the direction of change e.g. a question on tendency by reference to a “normal” state, e.g. of production level. Possible answers are generally of the three point scale type e.g. up/same/down or above normal/normal/below normal for enterprise surveys and of the five point scale type e.g. increase sharply/increase slightly/remain the same/fall slightly/fall sharply for consumer surveys. In presenting the results as a time series, only the balance is shown. That is “same” or “normal” answers are ignored and the balance is obtained by taking the difference between percentages of respondents giving favourable and unfavourable answers.   Virtually all business tendency and consumer opinion survey data are presented as time series of balances in this dataset, either in raw or seasonally adjusted form. Very few series are presented as indices, and where these exist they have generally been converted from underlying balances by countries before submitting the data to the OECD.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Business written in the reporting country on a gross and net premium basis. It contains a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies or foreign companies.
    • febrero 2012
      Fuente: Federal State Statistics Service, Russia
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Внешняя торговля товарами Российской Федерации по странам партнерам, 1995-2011
  • C
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: World Resources Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data Citation: CAIT Climate Data Explorer. 2017. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute. Available online at: http://cait.wri.org   CAIT data carries a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license   CAIT Historic allows for easy access, analysis and visualization of the latest available international greenhouse gas emissions data. It includes information for 186 countries, 50 U.S. states, 6 gases, multiple economic sectors, and 160 years - carbon dioxide emissions for 1850-2012 and multi-sector greenhouse gas emission for 1990-2012.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: Government of Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset is updated with data obtained from Statistics Canada and the U.S. Census Bureau. Current data June 2018. Trade Data is updated on a monthly and annual basis, with revisions in March, April, May, August and November to previous year's data. Trade Data is available on both product and industry-based versions. The product Trade Data is classified by Harmonized System (HS) codes while the industry data is based on North American Industry Classification System(NAICS) classification codes. Source: Statistics Canada and the U.S.Census Bureau
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: National Energy Board, Government of Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The National Energy Board’s (NEB) Energy Futures series explores how possible energy pathways might unfold for Canadians over the long term. The report employs economic and energy models to make projections based on a certain set of assumptions given what we know today about technology, energy and climate policies, human behavior, and the structure of the economy. Readers of this analysis should consider the projections as a baseline to support ongoing discussions of Canada’s energy future. This analysis is not a prediction of what will take place, nor does it aim to show how specific goals, such as Canada’s climate targets, will be achieved. Canada’s Energy Future 2018: Supply and Demand Projections to 2040 (EF2018) considers four different Cases: • The Reference Case is based on a current economic outlook, a moderate view of energy prices and technological improvements, and climate and energy policies announced at the time of analysis. • The High and Low Price Cases consider the impact of uncertain commodity prices on the Canadian energy system. • The Technology Case pushes past the policy and technology boundaries specific to the Reference Case and includes greater global climate policy action and low carbon technology adoption. It provides one potential view of what a faster transition enabled by stronger long-term carbon policy, faster uptake of technologies such as electric vehicles, and lower cost of renewable would mean for Canada’s energy future.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      For the location "Puerto Rico" data is available from 1990.
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited: Global Burden of Disease Collaborative Network. Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016) Cancer Incidence, Mortality, Years of Life Lost, Years Lived with Disability, and Disability-Adjusted Life Years 1990-2016. Seattle, United States: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), 2018.   The Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Estimates for deaths, disability-adjusted life years (DALYs), years lived with disability (YLDs), years of life lost (YLLs), prevalence, and incidence for 29 cancer groups by age and sex for 1990-2016 are available from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record are the web tables published in JAMA Oncology in June 2018 in "Global, Regional, and National Cancer Incidence, Mortality, Years of Life Lost, Years Lived With Disability, and Disability-Adjusted Life-years for 29 Cancer Groups, 1990 to 2016."
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      OICA Car Production Statistics 1999-2018 contains world motor vehicle production statistics, obtained from national trade organisations, OICA members or correspondents. Passenger cars are motor vehicles with at least four wheels, used for the transport of passengers, and comprising no more than eight seats in addition to the driver's seat. Commercial vehicles include light commercial vehicles, heavy trucks, coaches and buses.
    • mayo 2018
      Fuente: China Association of Automobile Manufacturers
      Subido por: Shakthi Krishnan
      Acceso el: 13 septiembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      World: Car Sales by Country 2017
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Indicators in the OECD database on Carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions embodied in international trade are derived by combining the 2015 version of OECD's Inter-Country Input-Output (ICIO) Database with International Energy Agency (IEA) statistics on CO2 emissions from fuel combustion. Production-based CO2 emissions are estimated by allocating the IEA CO2 emissions to the 34 target industries in OECD ICIO and, to final demand for fuels, by both residents and non-residents. Consumption-based CO2 emissions are calculated by multiplying the intensities of the production-based emissions (c) with the global Leontief inverse (I-A)(-1) and global final demand matrix (Y) from OECD ICIO, taking the column sums of the resulting matrix and adding residential and private road emissions (FNLC), i.e. direct emissions from final demand: colsum [ diag(c) (I-A)(-1) Y ] + FNLC. The ICIO system includes discrepancies in the trade data (referred to as DISC). Emissions allocated to DISC are made explicit (e.g. in indicator FD_CO2). This ensures that global CO2 production equals global CO2 consumption.
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Japanese Shipowners' Association
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Japan: Shipping Statistics Handbook, Harbour
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Un caso de lesión profesional es el caso de un trabajador que sufre una lesión profesional causada por un accidente de trabajo. Una lesión profesional fatal resulta de un accidente de trabajo, donde la muerte ocurra dentro de un año desde el día del accidente. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Un caso de lesión profesional es el caso de un trabajador que sufre una lesión profesional causada por un accidente de trabajo. Una lesión profesional fatal resulta de un accidente de trabajo, donde la muerte ocurra dentro de un año desde el día del accidente.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Un caso de lesión profesional no fatal es el caso de un trabajador que sufre una lesión profesional causada por un accidente de trabajo que no resulta en la muerte de la persona. Una lesión profesional no fatal implica una cierta pérdida de tiempo de trabajo. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Un caso de lesión profesional no fatal es el caso de un trabajador que sufre una lesión profesional causada por un accidente de trabajo que no resulta en la muerte de la persona. Una lesión profesional no fatal implica una cierta pérdida de tiempo de trabajo.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Un caso de lesión profesional no fatal es el caso de un trabajador que sufre una lesión profesional no fatal causada por un accidente de trabajo y que acarrea pérdida de tiempo de trabajo. La incapacidad laboral es la incapacidad del trabajador afectado por una lesión profesional para realizar las tareas habituales de su trabajo, correspondientes al empleo o puesto ocupado en el momento del accidente de trabajo. La incapacidad laboral puede ser permanente, cuando las personas afectadas no fueron nunca más capaces de efectuar las tareas habituales de su trabajo, correspondientes al empleo o puesto ocupado en el momento del accidente que causó la lesión profesional, o temporal, cuando las personas afectadas no pudieron trabajar el día después del día del accidente, pero fueron capaces más adelante de efectuar las tareas habituales de su trabajo, correspondientes al empleo o puesto ocupado en el momento del accidente que causó la lesión profesional, en un período de un año a partir del día del accidente.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Un caso de lesión profesional no fatal es el caso de un trabajador que sufre una lesión profesional no fatal causada por un accidente de trabajo y que acarrea pérdida de tiempo de trabajo. La incapacidad laboral es la incapacidad del trabajador afectado por una lesión profesional para realizar las tareas habituales de su trabajo, correspondientes al empleo o puesto ocupado en el momento del accidente de trabajo. La incapacidad laboral puede ser permanente, cuando las personas afectadas no fueron nunca más capaces de efectuar las tareas habituales de su trabajo, correspondientes al empleo o puesto ocupado en el momento del accidente que causó la lesión profesional, o temporal, cuando las personas afectadas no pudieron trabajar el día después del día del accidente, pero fueron capaces más adelante de efectuar las tareas habituales de su trabajo, correspondientes al empleo o puesto ocupado en el momento del accidente que causó la lesión profesional, en un período de un año a partir del día del accidente. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2017 (GBD 2017), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories, and at the subnational level for a subset of countries.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: United Nations Children's Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Global and regional deaths of children under 5 years of age by cause. Estimates generated by the WHO and Maternal and Child Epidemiology Estimation Group (MCEE) 2018.
    • febrero 2015
      Fuente: Wikipedia
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 abril, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Wikipedia https://en.wikipedia.org Topic:Female foeticide in India Publication URL: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Female_foeticide_in_India License : https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Text_of_Creative_Commons_Attribution-ShareAlike_3.0_Unported_License
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 030 -- Citizenship by sex, by region and municipality in 1990 to 2017 http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__vrm__vaerak/statfin_vaerak_pxt_030.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Concepts and definitions Description Quality description These statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2018 to the whole time series. Population statistics from 1750 to 2000 have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service. Publications on Population structure and vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) Area For reasons of privacy protection, cells with less than 10 cases of citizenship, country of birth, background country or language by municipality have been marked with two dots. Continent sums have not been hidden in municipality data nor have regional data concerning individual languages or countries. Citizenship If a person has two nationalities and one of them is Finnish, he/she will be included in statistics as a Finnish national. The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. Citizens of non-autonomous states are summed under the mother country. Citizenship Czech Republic Czech Republic + Former Czechoslovakia Sudan Sudan + Former Sudan
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Greenland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Population Register contains information on all persons who have resided in Greenland after 1 January 1977. The purpose of the register is to be the basis for population statistics, and to supplement other personal information with basic information about each person, like address and family relations.The Population register is updated with information from CPR (Administrative Population Register) where the following information is retrieved: name, gender, age, place of birth, citizenship, marital status, reference to mother, father and spouse, address of residence and more. According to §13 of the Act on Greenland Statistics, no person-related information is disclosed from the register, except for personal numbers, randomly drawn for surveys
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Greenland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Population as of 1 Juli. Our Populationregister holds information on all persons, who have had address in Greenland after Januar 1st 1977. Purpose of the register Registrets formål er at danne grundlag for befolkningsstatistikken, samt supplere andre personhenførbare oplysninger med basisoplysninger om personen, samt dennes adresse og familierelationer. Befolkningsstatistikregistret opdateres med oplysninger fra CPR (Folkeregistrene) hvor følgende oplysninger hentes: navn, køn, alder, fødested, statsborgerskab, civilstand, henvisning til mor, far samt ægtefælle, bopælsadresse og tilflytningsdato. Jfr §13 i Lov om Grønlands Statistik, videregives ingen personhenførbare oplysninger fra registret, bortset fra personnumre, som efter Datatilsynets godkendelse er udtrukket til interviewundersøgelser
    • enero 2016
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 septiembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2012
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 septiembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic:Climate Investment Funds – Clean Technology Fund (CTF) Results Data Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/2016-climate-investment-funds-%E2%80%93-clean-technology-fund-ctf-results-data License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   The results data presented below is based on the portfolio of CTF projects and has been compiled on behalf of the following multilateral development banks: ADB, AFDB, EBRD, IDB, IFC and IBRD. It follows the principles outlined under the Revised CTF Results Framework and includes five core indicators that help determine whether and to what extent the CTF interventions achieve the proposed project/ program outcome objectives involving: (a) Avoided greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions; (b) Increased finance for low carbon development mobilized; (c) Increased supply of renewable energy (RE); (d) Increased access to public transport; (e) Increased energy efficiency. Please note that this is based on 53 out of 55 projects reporting results and does not include (2) CONFIDENTIAL projects. Reporting Year: 2017
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: End Coal
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: End Coal https://endcoal.org/ Topic: Coal Plants by country Publication URL: https://endcoal.org/global-coal-plant-tracker/summary-statistics/ License: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • septiembre 2014
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Descripción no disponible
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 28 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Commissions in the reporting country, containing a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • enero 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: Commodity Markets Outlook Publication: http://www.worldbank.org/en/research/commodity-markets License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   Report on Commodity Markets Outlook, 2019 April Financial Years-1970/71,1980/1981,2017/2018,2018/2019 have been considered as 1971,1981,2018,2019 respectively.
    • octubre 2018
      Fuente: U.S. National Center for Education Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Common Core Data For Universe surveys, School District (LEA) The primary purposes of the Local Education Agency (School District) Universe Survey are:to provide a complete listing of every education agency in the United States responsible for providing free public elementary/secondary instruction or education support services;to provide basic information about all education agencies and the students for whose education the agencies are responsible.  
    • marzo 2016
      Fuente: UNESCO Institute for Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 junio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 junio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the "identity" of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook 2012 presents, in a series of country profiles, the main features, strengths and weaknesses of national STI systems and major recent changes in national STI policy. The statistical dimension of the country profiles has drawn on the work and empirical research conducted by the OECD on the measurement of innovation and the development of internationally comparable STI indicators for policy analysis.   
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Statistical population: CLIs are calculated for 33 OECD countries (Iceland is not included), 6 non-member economies and 8 zone aggregates. A country CLI comprises a set of component series selected from a wide range of key short-term economic indicators.   CLIs, reference series data (see below) and standardised business and consumer confidence indicators are presented in various forms.   Recommended uses and limitations: The composite leading indicator is a times series, formed by aggregating a variety of component indicators which show a reasonably consistent relationship with a reference series (e.g. industrial production IIP up to March 2012 and since then the reference series is GDP) at turning points. The OECD CLI is designed to provide qualitative information on short-term economic movements, especially at the turning points, rather than quantitative measures. Therefore, the main message of CLI movements over time is the increase or decrease, rather than the amplitude of the changes. The OECD’s headline indicator is the amplitude adjusted CLI. In practice, turning points in the de-trended reference series have been found about 4 to 8 months (on average) after the signals of turning points had been detected in the headline CLI.
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: Concordia
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      THE CONCORDIA PARTNERSHIP Index (the Index) was developed as a tool for public, private, and nonprofit organizations to identify opportunities to form strategic partnerships and pool resources for the implementation of innovative ideas. The Index ranks countries based on their readiness and need to engage in public-private partnerships (P3s). The inclu- sion of the need indicators sets the Index apart from other indices that measure P3 environ- ments. While the success of a P3 depends on a country’s political and market structures, the Index recognizes that for a P3 to be truly impactful it must address a large-scale need.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The consolidated banking statistics (CBS) measure international banking activity from a nationality perspective, focusing on the country where the banking group's parent is headquartered. While residence-based data such as the locational banking statistics indicate where positions are booked, they do not always identify where underlying decisions are made. This is because banking offices in one country may operate within a business model decided by the group's controlling parent, which may be headquartered in another country. The CBS capture the worldwide claims of banking groups based in reporting countries and exclude intragroup positions, similar to the consolidation approach followed by banking supervisors. The CBS provide several different measures of banking groups' country risk exposures, on either an immediate counterparty or an ultimate risk basis. The most appropriate exposure measure depends on the issue being analysed. The benchmark measure in the CBS is foreign claims, which capture credit to borrowers outside a banking group's home country.   Measure for all Combinations - Amounts Outstanding / Stocks   Note: Under "Reporting country" they have removed "Euro Area".   Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Below Parameters are common for all combinations : Frequency - Quarterly Measure -Amounts Outstanding / Stocks CBS Bank Type - Domestic Banks CBS Reporting Basis - Immediate Counterparty Basis Balance Sheet Position - Total Claims Type of Instruments - All Instruments Remaining Maturity - All Maturities Currency Type of Booking Location - All Currencies Counterparty Sector - All Sectors Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Consumer price indexes (CPIs) are index numbers that measure changes in the prices of goods and services purchased or otherwise acquired by households, which households use directly, or indirectly, to satisfy their own needs and wants. In practice, most CPIs are calculated as weighted averages of the percentage price changes for a specified set, or ‘‘basket’’, of consumer products, the weights reflecting their relative importance in household consumption in some period. CPIs are widely used to index pensions and social security benefits. CPIs are also used to index other payments, such as interest payments or rents, or the prices of bonds. CPIs are also commonly used as a proxy for the general rate of inflation, even though they measure only consumer inflation. They are used by some governments or central banks to set inflation targets for purposes of monetary policy. The price data collected for CPI purposes can also be used to compile other indices, such as the price indices used to deflate household consumption expenditures in national accounts, or the purchasing power parities used to compare real levels of consumption in different countries.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This is the New Series of Consumer Price Index for Rural & Urban with base year 2012. Published by Central Statistical Office and released on 12th of every month. It covers (1) All India Consumer Price Index (Rural/Urban) (2) State Level Consumer Price Index (Rural/Urban) Up to October 2016
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The FAOSTAT monthly CPI & Food CPI database was based on the ILO CPI data until December 2014. In 2014, IMF-ILO-FAO agreed to transfer global CPI data compilation from ILO to IMF. Upon agreement, CPIs for all items and its sub components originates from the International Monetary Fund (IMF), and the UN Statistics Division(UNSD) for countries not covered by the IMF. However, due to a limited time coverage from IMF and UNSD for a number of countries, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the Latin America and the Caribbean statistics (CEPALSTAT), Central Bank of Western African States (BCEAO), Eastern Caribbean Central Bank (ECCB) and national statistical office website data are used for missing historical data from IMF and UNSD food CPI.  The FAO CPI dataset for all items(or general CPI) and the Food CPI, consists of a complete and consistent set of time series from January 2000 onwards. These indices measure the price change between the current and reference periods of the average basket of goods and services purchased by households. The CPI,all items is typically used to measure and monitor inflation, set monetary policy targets, index social benefits such as pensions and unemployment benefits, and to escalate thresholds and credits in the income tax systems and wages in public and private wage contracts.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The 'Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' contains all data that was previously contained in three different datasets: 'Consumer Prices', 'National Consumer Price Indices (CPIs) by COICOP divisions' and 'Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) by COICOP divisions'. The 'Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' dataset contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 36 OECD member countries and for some non-member countries. The ‘Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' dataset contains statistics on Consumer Price Indices including national CPIs, Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) and their associated weights and contributions to national annual inflation. The data series presented have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases, a lot of effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series’ data to aid with analysis. Data are available monthly for all the countries except for Australia and New Zealand (quarterly data).
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Descripción no disponible
    • septiembre 2014
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Descripción no disponible
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que están sin empleo, disponibles para trabajar, y en busca de un puesto de trabajo, a menos que se indique lo contrario. Este indicador presenta el número de personas que se encuentran desocupadas desde hace un año o más como porcentaje del número total de desempleados.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Descripción no disponible
    • septiembre 2014
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Descripción no disponible
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The CDIS database presents detailed data on "inward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment into the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investor, and data on "outward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment abroad by the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investment. The CDIS database contains breakdowns of direct investment position data, including, in most instances, separate data on net equity and net debt positions, as well as tables that present "mirror" data (i.e., tables in which data from the reporting economy are shown side-by-side with the data obtained from all other counterpart reporting economies).
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Transparency International
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 01 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at CORRUPTION PERCEPTIONS INDEX 2018 by Transparency International is licensed under CC-BY-ND 4.0. Global Corruption Barometer is the largest world-wide public opinion survey on corruption. see more at https://www.transparency.org/cpi2018 Transparency International(TI) defines corruption as the abuse of entrusted power for private gain. This definition encompasses corrupt practices in both the public and private sectors. The Corruption Perceptions Index (CPI) ranks countries according to the perception of corruption in the public sector. The CPI is an aggregate indicator that combines different sources of information about corruption, making it possible to compare countries. The CPI ranks almost 200 countries by their perceived levels of corruption, as determined by expert assessments and opinion surveys.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Numbeo
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at NUMBEO Numbeo is the world’s largest database of user contributed data about cities and countries worldwide. Numbeo provides current and timely information on world living conditions including cost of living, housing indicators, health care, traffic, crime and pollution. For more information please check http://www.numbeo.com/cost-of-living/rankings_by_country.jsp   About dataset: These indices are relative to New York City (NYC). Which means that for New York City, each index should be 100(%). If another city has, for example, rent index of 120, it means rents in average in that city are 20% more expensive than in New York City. If a city has rent index of 70, that means in the average in that city rents are 30% less expensive than in New York City. Cost of Living Index (Excl. Rent) is a relative indicator of consumer goods price, including groceries, restaurants, transportation and utilities. Cost of Living Index doesn't include accommodation expenses such as rent or mortgage. If a city has a Cost of Living Index of 120, it means Numbeo estimates it is 20% more expensive than New York (excluding rent). Rent Index is estimation of prices of renting apartments in the city compared to New York City. If Rent index is 80, Numbeo estimates that price for renting in that city is 80% of price in New York. Groceries Index is an estimation of grocery prices in the city compared to New York City. To calculate this section, Numbeo uses "Markets"section of each city. Restaurants Index is a comparison of prices of meals and drinks in restaurants and bars compared to NYC. Cost of Living Plus Rent Index is an estimation of consumer goods prices including rent in the city comparing to New York City. Local Purchasing Power shows relative purchasing power in buying goods and services in a given city for the average wage in that city. If domestic purchasing power is 40, this means that the inhabitants of that city with the average salary can afford to buy 60% less typical goods and services than New York City residents with an average salary.
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Insurance Information Bureau of India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 junio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Cost of Treatment For Diseases Across Cities In India References:- https://iib.gov.in/IIB/homePageAction.do?method=loadHomePage1# https://iib.gov.in/IIB/healthpub/Health_Insurance_Non-Life_Commercial_Data_Analysis_Report_2013-14.pdf
    • noviembre 2014
      Fuente: Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics of Egypt
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 diciembre, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2015
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 agosto, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Global growth is forecast at 3.5 percent in 2015 and 3.8 percent in 2016, with uneven prospects across the main countries and regions of the world. The distribution of risks to near-term global growth has become more balanced relative to the October World Economic Outlook but is still tilted to the downside. The decline in oil prices could boost activity more than expected. Geopolitical tensions continue to pose threats, and risks of disruptive shifts in asset prices remain relevant. In some advanced economies, protracted low inflation or deflation also pose risks to activity. The chapter takes a region-by-region look at the recent development in the world economy and the outlook for 2015, with particular attention to notable development in countries within each region.
    • abril 2018
      Fuente: The United States President's Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Operating unit-level results for 2016 and prior years represent aggregated totals. For 2015 and 2016, results are available at the subnational level. For 2014 results and prior, the data can only be viewed and explored in aggregate country or regional form. General patterns can be explored for all results, allowing the investigation of trends within and among different operating units. Some variation exists between indicator versions from PEPFAR during 2004-2010, 2011-2014, and 2015-2016. More detail regarding these differences can be found in the indicator reference documents and in reference materials attached to this dashboard.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: NYU Stern
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Citation: Damodaran, Aswath, Equity Risk Premiums (ERP): Determinants, Estimation and Implications – The 2016 Edition (March 5, 2016). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2742186 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2742186   This dataset summarizes the latest bond ratings and appropriate default spreads for different countries. While you can use these numbers as rough estimates of country risk premiums, you may want to modify the premia to reflect the additional risk of equity markets. To estimate the long term country equity risk premium, I start with a default spread, which I obtain in one of two ways: (1) I use the local currency sovereign rating (from Moody's: www.moodys.com) and estimate the default spread for that rating (based upon traded country bonds) over a default free government bond rate. For countries without a Moody's rating but with an S&P rating, I use the Moody's equivalent of the S&P rating. To get the default spreads by sovereign rating, I use the CDS spreads and compute the average CDS spread by rating. Using that number as a basis, I extrapolate for those ratings for which I have no CDS spreads. (2) I start with the CDS spread for the country, if one is available and subtract out the US CDS spread, since my mature market premium is derived from the US market. That difference becomes the country spread. For the few countries that have CDS spreads that are lower than the US, I will get a negative number. You can add just this default spread to the mature market premium to arrive at the total equity risk premium. I add an additional step. In the short term especially, the equity country risk premium is likely to be greater than the country's default spread. You can estimate an adjusted country risk premium by multiplying the default spread by the relative equity market volatility for that market (Std dev in country equity market/Std dev in country bond). I have used the emerging market average of 1.12 (estimated by comparing a emerging market equity index to an emerging market government/public bond index) to estimate country risk premium.I have added this to my estimated risk premium of 5.08% for mature markets (obtained by looking at the implied premium for the S&P 500) to get the total risk premium. Notes:  The year of publication has been considered as per publication date. For example, data published on 2018-Jan considered as 2018, similarly 2019-Jan as 2019    
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Reports - Statistical Releases E.16 Country Exposure Lending Survey and Country Exposure Information Report
    • marzo 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 012 -- Country of birth according to age and sex by region in 1990 to 2017 http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__vrm__vaerak/statfin_vaerak_pxt_012.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Concepts and definitions Description Quality description These statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2018 to the whole time series. Population statistics from 1750 to 2000 have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service. Publications on Population structure in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) Country of birth The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. Non-autonomous states are summed under their mother country. Country of birth Sudan Sudan + Former Sudan
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      LGA2011 based data for Country Of Birth Of Person by Sex, Time Series Profiles Table t08, for 2011 Census ABS Census Homepage
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      LGA2011 based data for by Sex, Basic Community Profile Table B09, for 2011 Census ABS Census Homepage
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      SA1 based data for by Sex, Basic Community Profile Table B09, for 2011 Census ABS Census Homepage
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Australia/State/SA4/SA3/SA2 based data for Country Of Birth Of Person by Sex, Time Series Profiles Table t08, for 2011 Census ABS Census Homepage
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Australia/State/SA4/SA3/SA2 based data for Year of Arrival in Australia, Basic Community Profile Table B10, for 2011 Census ABS Census Homepage
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      LGA2011 based data for Year of Arrival in Australia, Basic Community Profile Table B10, for 2011 Census ABS Census Homepage
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      SA1 based data for Year of Arrival in Australia, Basic Community Profile Table B10, for 2011 Census ABS Census Homepage
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 julio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The World Bank's Country Policy and Institutional Assessment is done annually for all its borrowing countries. It has evolved into a set of criteria, which are grouped in four clusters: (a) economic management; (b) structural policies; (c) policies for social inclusion and equity; and (d) public sector management and institutions. The number of criteria, currently sixteen, reflect a balance between ensuring that all key factors that foster pro-poor growth and poverty alleviation are captured, without overly burdening the evaluation process. Ratings for each of the criteria reflect a variety of indicators, observations, and judgments. They focus on the quality of each country's current policies and institutions - which are the main determinant of present aid effectiveness prospects. To fully underscore the importance of the CPIA in the IDA Performance Based Allocations, the overall country score is referred to as the IDA Resource Allocation Index (IRAI)
    • abril 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 mayo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Note: CPA data for 2018 and 2019 are projections from the 2016 Survey on Forward Spending Plans. Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: Reputation Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 julio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Country RepTrak | Top Countries by ReputationThe Global RepTrak® 100 is a study that Reputation Institute conducts annually to measure the reputation of the world’s 100 most highly-regarded and familiar global companies in 15 countries. Included firms must meet the following qualifications: 1) Have a significant economic presence in the 15 largest economies 2) Have an above average reputation in its home country 3) Have global familiarity over 40% It is the largest Global reputation study, with ~170,000 ratings   Normative Scale for Reputation track pulse score Excellent/Top Tier: 80+ Strong/Robust: 70-79 Avg./Moderate: 60-69 Weak/Vulnerable: 40-59 Poor/Lowest: <40
    • marzo 2012
      Fuente: Knoema
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Country Risk Assessment Database, 2012. Source: Multiple Sources - EuroStat, WB, IMF, OECD, UNCTAD
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The country statistical profiles provide a broad selection of indicators, illustrating the demographic, economic, environmental and social developments, for all OECD members. The dataset also covers the five key partner economies with which the OECD has developed an enhanced engagement program with (Brazil, China, India, Indonesia and South Africa) ,accession countries (Colombia, Costa Rica and Lithuania) , Peru and the Russian Federation. The user can easily compare indicators across all countries. Total fertility rates - Unit of measure used: Number of children born to women aged 15 to 49
    • diciembre 2015
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 abril, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      COFR presents data on fiscal transparency. It provides an overview of fiscal reporting, including whether fiscal data are available for all of the general government, whether the government reports a balance sheet, and whether spending and revenue are reported on a cash or accrual basis. It also derives specific indices of the coverage of public institutions, fiscal flows, and fiscal stocks.
    • octubre 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Credit to Agriculture dataset provides national data for over 100 countries on the amount of loans provided by the private/commercial banking sector to producers in agriculture, forestry and fisheries, including household producers, cooperatives, and agro-businesses. For some countries, the three sub sectors of agriculture, forestry, and fishing are completely specified. In other cases, complete dis aggregations are not available. The dataset also provides statistics on the total credit to all industries, indicators on the share of credit to agricultural producers, and an agriculture orientation index (the agriculture share of credit, over the agriculture share of GDP).
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      >>All series on credit to the non-financial sector cover 44 economies, both advanced and emerging. They capture the outstanding amount of credit at the end of the reference quarter. Credit is provided by domestic banks, all other sectors of the economy and non-residents. In terms of financial instruments, credit covers the core debt, defined as loans, debt securities and currency & deposits.   >>All series are published in local currency, in US dollars and as percentages of nominal GDP. The regional aggregates as percentages of GDP are calculated based on conversion to the US dollar at market and at purchasing power parity (PPP) exchange rates.   Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: National Bank of Belgium
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: ESPN Cricinfo
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 diciembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Cricket Player Statistics, 1971 - 2017 This dataset covers cricket players statistics on batting, bowling, fielding, all rounders across Test, ODI, T20 matches.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Numbeo
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Numbeo Crime Index is an estimation of overall level of crime in a given city or a country. We consider crime levels lower than 20 as very low, crime levels between 20 and 40 as being low, crime levels between 40 and 60 as being moderate, crime levels between 60 and 80 as being high and finally crime levels higher than 80 as being very high. Safety index is, on the other way, quite opposite of crime index. If the city has a high safety index, it is considered very safe.  
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      UNODC Assaults, Kidnapping, Robbery, Sexual Offences, Sexual Rape, Total Sexual Violence   Statistics reported to the United Nations in the context of its various surveys on crime levels and criminal justice trends are incidents of victimization that have been reported to the authorities in any given country. That means that this data is subject to the problems of accuracy of all official crime data.
    • febrero 2013
      Fuente: RAND Corporation
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This report describes the results of a study of the sources and reliability of the supply of imported materials on which United States manufacturers are dependent. It should be of interest to a broad spectrum of individuals and organizations in the materials and manufacturing sectors as well as government, private sector, and non-profit organizations involved with or concerned about those sectors. This research was sponsored by the National Intelligence Council and conducted within the Intelligence Policy Center of the RAND National Defense Research Institute, a federally funded research and development center sponsored by the Office of the Secretary of Defense, the Joint Staff, the Unified Combatant Commands, the Navy, the Marine Corps, the defense agencies, and the defense Intelligence Community
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: Department of Agriculture Cooperation, India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      India: Crop Production Statistics
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      GHG emissions data from the cultivation of organic soils are those associated with nitrous oxide gas from organic soils under cropland (item: Cropland organic soils) and grassland (item: Grassland organic soils). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by cropland, grassland and by their aggregation. Implied emission factor for N2O as well activity data (areas) are also provided.
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      Subido por: Shakthi Krishnan
      Acceso el: 18 septiembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table shows exchange rates for currencies used in over 190 world economies presented in a cross rates layout where countries are presented in both rows and columns. National currency per US dollars exchange rates are used to derive explicit exchange rates for each of the countries presented with regard to any other country. Country series are consistent over time: for example, a conversion was made from national currency to Euro for the Euro Zone economies for all years prior to the adoption of Euro.
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 012 -- Current account by country breakdown http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__kan__mata/statfin_mata_pxt_012.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ The releases for September, October and November had an error in the figures for primary income in 2013 and 2014. There was also an error in the flow data on foreign assets and liabilities for 2015. The error was corrected in the December release on 14 December 2018. The statistics become final more than two years after the end of the reference year. Revisions in these statistics Description Methodological descriptions Concepts and definitions
    • septiembre 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 010 -- External assets and liabilities by investment type and sectors, stock http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__kan__mata/statfin_mata_pxt_010.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ The statistics become final more than two years after the end of the reference year. Revisions in these statistics Description Methodological descriptions Concepts and definitions
  • D
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Denmark
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2017
      Fuente: Bank of Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Bank of Canada’s Credit Rating Assessment Group (CRAG) comprehensive database of sovereign defaults draws on previously published data sets compiled by various official and private sector sources. It combines elements of these, together with new information, to develop estimates of stocks of government obligations in default, including bonds and other marketable securities, bank loans, and official loans in default, valued in U.S. dollars, for the years 1960 to 2016 on both a country-by-country and a global basis. This update of CRAG’s database, and subsequent updates, will be useful to researchers analyzing the economic and financial effects of individual sovereign defaults and, importantly, the impact on global financial stability of episodes involving multiple sovereign defaults.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Este indicador transmite, en cierta medida, una imagen de la disponibilidad de servicios de salud. Representa el porcentaje de la población sin acceso a servicios de salud debido a la falta de personal sanitario. El umbral para tener un personal sanitario suficiente es de 41,1 trabajadores de salud por cada 10'000 habitantes. Cuanto mayor es el valor de este indicador, peor es la disponibilidad. Es necesario resaltar que este indicador se concentra en la oferta de disponibilidad, es decir, que la disponibilidad de recursos humanos alcance un nivel tal que garantice un acceso al menos básico pero universal. Para estimar el acceso a los servicios de profesionales médicos cualificados (médicos, personal de enfermería y partería), se utiliza como proxy la diferencia relativa entre la densidad de estos trabajadores de la salud en un país determinado (su número por cada 10'000 habitantes) y su valor medio en los países con un bajo grado de vulnerabilidad (definida de acuerdo con la estructura del empleo y los niveles de pobreza).Para establecer si un país está gastando suficiente o tiene personal de salud suficiente, es necesario primero definir lo que constituye suficiente, es decir, establecer un umbral con el cual comparar el desempeño de cada país. Hay diferentes opiniones sobre lo que constituye suficiente en estos contextos, sobre todo visto que es probable que sea un objetivo móvil, fuertemente influenciado por los problemas de salud que prevalecen, la demografía, etc. El enfoque de la OIT para medir el déficit financiero es: (i) calcular la mediana de gasto en la salud (excluyendo POO) en los países de bajo de vulnerabilidad; (ii) comparar el gasto de cada país con este valor mediano. En el 2014, la mediana de los países de baja vulnerabilidad fue de US$ 239. Por ejemplo, un país con un gasto 50% menor que la mediana de los países de baja vulnerabilidad tiene un déficit financiero de 50%. El mismo principio se aplica al indicador de déficit de acceso del personal, para el cual la mediana de los países de baja vulnerabilidad fue de 41,1 en el 2014. Este es uno de los cinco indicadores que miden dimensiones clave de los déficits en acceso y la cobertura de la atención médica. Para fines de análisis el conjunto completo de indicadores se debe considerar juntos.
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Este indicador transmite, en cierta medida, una imagen de los derechos a la seguridad social y la salud. Representa el porcentaje de la población sin cobertura legal de la salud. La población cubierta corresponde a los miembros afiliados al sistema de seguro médico o a una estimación de la población que tiene acceso gratuito a los servicios de salud proporcionados por el Estado. Cuanto mayor es el valor de este indicador, mayor es el porcentaje de la población sin cobertura legal de la salud. Este es uno de los cinco indicadores que miden dimensiones clave de los déficits en acceso y la cobertura de la atención médica. Para fines de análisis el conjunto completo de indicadores se debe considerar juntos.
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Este indicador transmite, en cierta medida, una imagen de la calidad de la atención de salud. Representa el porcentaje de la población sin acceso a servicios de salud, debido al déficit de recursos financieros. El umbral para tener recursos financieros suficientes es de US $ 239 por persona por año. Cuanto mayor es el valor de este indicador, peores son los niveles de cobertura. Para estimar la calidad de la atención de la salud, este indicador utiliza como proxy la diferencia relativa entre el gasto per cápita de salud en un país determinado y su valor medio en los países con un bajo grado de vulnerabilidad.Para establecer si un país está gastando suficiente o tiene personal de salud suficiente, es necesario primero definir lo que constituye suficiente, es decir, establecer un umbral con el cual se comparará el desempeño de cada país. Las opiniones difieren sobre lo que constituye suficiente en estos contextos, sobre todo visto que es probable que sea un objetivo móvil, fuertemente influenciado por los problemas de salud que prevalecen, la demografía, etc. El enfoque de la OIT para medir el déficit financiero es: (i) calcular la mediana del gasto en la salud (excluyendo POO) en los países de baja vulnerabilidad; (ii) comparar el gasto de cada país con este valor mediano. En el 2014, la mediana de los países de baja vulnerabilidad fue de US$ 239. Por ejemplo, un país con un gasto 50% menor que la mediana de los países de baja vulnerabilidad tiene un déficit financiero de 50%. Este es uno de los cinco indicadores que miden dimensiones clave de los déficits en acceso y la cobertura de la atención médica. Para fines de análisis el conjunto completo de indicadores se debe considerar juntos.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: United Nations Statistics Division
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The United Nations Statistics Division collects, compiles and disseminates official demographic and social statistics on a wide range of topics. Data have been collected since 1948 through a set of questionnaires dispatched annually to over 230 national statistical offices and have been published in the Demographic Yearbook collection. The Demographic Yearbook disseminates statistics on population size and composition, births, deaths, marriage and divorce, as well as respective rates, on an annual basis. The Demographic Yearbook census datasets cover a wide range of additional topics including economic activity, educational attainment, household characteristics, housing characteristics, ethnicity, language, foreign-born and foreign population. The available Population and Housing Censuses' datasets reported to UNSD for the censuses conducted worldwide since 1995, are now available in UNdata. This latest update includes several datasets on international travel and migration inflows and outflows, and on incoming and departing international migrants by several characteristics, as reported by the national authorities to the UN Statistics Division for the reference years 2010 to the present as available.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. Los datos por nivel de educación se basan en el nivel más alto de educación completado.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. Los datos son proporcionados por estado de la asistencia escolar, estudiante o no estudiante.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. La cobertura geográfica implica una desagregación entre áreas rurales y urbanas. La distinción entre estas áreas geográficas se basa en las respectivas definiciones nacionales.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      La tasa de desocupación es el número de personas desocupadas expresado como porcentaje del número total de personas ocupadas y desocupadas (es decir, la población activa). Los datos para 1991-2016 son estimaciones mientras que los datos para 2017-2021 son proyecciones. La base de datos se actualizó en noviembre de 2017. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción del indicador y el documento metodológico sobre las estimaciones y proyecciones de la OIT (en Inglés).
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. Los datos están desagregados por duración de la desocupación.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. Los datos están desagregados por nivel de educación, haciendo referencia al nivel más alto de educación completado, según la Clasificación Internacional Normalizada de la Educación (CINE).
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. La cobertura geográfica implica una desagregación entre áreas rurales y urbanas. La distinción entre estas áreas geográficas se basa en las respectivas definiciones nacionales.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business datawhere composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Click to collapse Item coverage Outstanding investment by direct insurance companies, classified by investment category, by the companies' nationality and by its destination (domestic or foreign). As of 2009, investment data exclude assets linked to unit-linked products sold to policyholders.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This 10th edition of the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation’s annual Financing Global Health report provides the most up-to-date estimates of development assistance for health, domestic spending on health, health spending on two key infectious diseases – malaria and HIV/AIDS – and future scenarios of health spending. Several transitions in global health financing inform this report: the influence of economic development on the composition of health spending; the emergence of other sources of development assistance funds and initiatives; and the increased availability of disease-specific funding data for the global health community. For funders and policymakers with sights on achieving 2030 global health goals, these estimates are of critical importance. They can be used for identifying funding gaps, evaluating the allocation of scarce resources, and comparing funding across time and countries.
    • junio 2015
      Fuente: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 junio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This database of official statistics originating from various Government of India ministries and departments will provide important insights and dimensions of various socio-economic concerns for the development of the country and its human capital. Users can drill down through levels of disaggregation of data — National, State, District, and Sub-districts—and extract information, and present the statistical measures of the indicators in the form of map, graph or table using the built-in wizards. data cited at: http://www.devinfo.org/libraries/aspx/Catalog.aspx
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los días no trabajados por causa de huelga o cierre patronal representan el número total de días de trabajo no trabajados como consecuencia de huelgas y cierres patronales en curso durante el año. Se miden teniendo en cuenta el total de días de trabajo laborables que hubieran sido normalmente trabajados por cada trabajador implicado, de no haberse producido la interrupciónde la actividad. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los días perdidos como consecuencia de una incapacidad laboral temporal abarcan el número de días naturales durante los que las personas temporalmente incapacitadas no pudieron trabajar, excluyendo el día del accidente, y hasta un máximo de un año. No se incluyen las ausencias temporales del trabajo de menos de un día con motivo de tratamiento médico. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los días perdidos como consecuencia de una incapacidad laboral temporal abarcan el número de días naturales durante los que las personas temporalmente incapacitadas no pudieron trabajar, excluyendo el día del accidente, y hasta un máximo de un año. No se incluyen las ausencias temporales del trabajo de menos de un día con motivo de tratamiento médico.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      El tiempo perdido por lesión profesional se define como el número medio de días naturales perdidos por cada nuevo caso de lesiones profesionales no mortales que resulta en incapacidad temporal.
    • enero 2018
      Fuente: The Fletcher School,Tufts University
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The DEI 2017 is a data-driven holistic evaluation of the progress of the digital economy across 60 countries, combining more than 100 different indicators across four key drivers: Supply Conditions, Demand Conditions, Institutional Environment, and Innovation and Change. The resulting framework captures both the state and rate of digital evolution and identifies implications for investment, innovation, and policy priorities. DEI 2017 also highlights the evolving nature of the risks being created by our continuing reliance on digital technology. Towards this end, the study covers a key question of “digital trust.“ The DEI 2017 incorporates a newly devised analysis of digital trust that takes into account the trustworthiness of the digital environment for each country; the quality of users’ experience; attitudes towards key institutions and organizations; and users’ behavior when they interact with the digital world. This subject is of great interest to all participants in the digital economy, given the concerns about security of essential information, cyber-attacks, and consumers’ apprehensions—about the digital systems and their reliability, the digital companies and their growing dominance, and about the leaders of digital companies. The DEI framework segments the 60 countries into Stand Outs, Stall Outs, Break Outs and Watch Outs. Three countries are notable as standouts even within the Stand Out segment: Singapore, New Zealand, and the UAE. Each has a unique policy-led digital strategy and a narrative that may be considered by other nations as worthy of emulation or adoption. The Nordic countries and Switzerland are at the top of the DEI 2017 rankings. China, once again, tops the list of countries in terms of the pace of change in its digital evolution, or momentum.
    • diciembre 2007
      Fuente: International Telecommunication Union
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) is the only index that includes price data for 181 economies, which is vital in assessing effective market demand. The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) has been designed to as a tool for tracking progress in bridging the digital divide and the implementa- tion of the outcomes of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS). As such, it provides a powerful policy tool for exploring the global and regional trends in infrastructure, opportu- nity and usage that are shaping the Information Society.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Digital STRI identifies, catalogues and quantifies barriers that affect trade in digitally enabled services across 46 countries. It provides policy makers with an evidence-based tool that helps to identify regulatory bottlenecks, design policies that foster more competitive and diversified markets for digital trade, and analyze the impact of policy reforms. The OECD Digital STRI captures cross-cutting impediments that affect all types of services traded digitally. As a stand-alone instrument, it complements the OECD Services Trade Restrictiveness Index (STRI).
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Digital STRI heterogeneity indices complement the recently published Digital STRI's and presents indices of regulatory heterogeneity based on the rich information in the Digital STRI regulatory database. The indices are built from assessing – for each country pair and each measure – whether or not the countries have the same regulation. For each country pair and each sector, the indices reflect the (weighted) share of measures for which the two countries have different regulation.
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      U.S. Direct Investment Abroad: Income Without Current-Cost Adjustment, Quarterly Update 
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Direct Investment Abroad: Reinvestment of Earnings Without Current Cost Adjustment, United States
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Direct Investment Position Abroad on a Historical-Cost Basis:  Country Detail by Industry, United States
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      GBD 2017 - Disability-Adjusted Life Years and Healthy Life Expectancy 1990-2017 The Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Estimates for disability-adjusted life years (DALYs) by cause, age, and sex and healthy life expectancy (HALE) by age and sex are available from the GBD Results Tool for 1990-2016 (quinquennial). Select tables published in The Lancet in September 2017 in "Global, regional, and national disability-adjusted life-years (DALYs) for 333 diseases and injuries and healthy life expectancy (HALE) for 195 countries and territories, 1990–2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016" are also available for download via the “Files” tab above.
    • febrero 2015
      Fuente: Census India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 abril, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      A disabled person who did not at all work during the reference period was treated as non-worker. The non-workers broadly constitute Students who did not participate in any economic activity paid or unpaid, household duties who were attending to daily household chores like cooking, cleaning utensils, looking after children, fetching water etc. and are not even helping in the unpaid work in the family form or cultivation or milching, dependant such as infants or very elderly people not included in the category of worker, pensioners those who are drawing pension after retirement and are not engaged in any economic activity. Beggars, vagrants, prostitutes and persons having unidentified source of income and with unspecified sources of subsistence and not engaged in any economically productive work during the reference period. Others, this category includes all Non-workers who may not come under the above categories such as rentiers, persons living on remittances, agricultural or non-agricultural royalty, convicts in jails or inmates of penal, mental or charitable institutions doing no paid or unpaid work and persons who are seeking/available for work   Note: Data cited at https://data.gov.in/catalog/disabled-non-workers-type-disability-and-sex-india-and-states
    • marzo 2012
      Fuente: District Information System for Education, India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Note: FY2008 is referred as 2008. 2010 & 2011 data is provisional
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. Los datos están desagregados por duración de la desocupación.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. Los datos están desagregados por nivel de educación, haciendo referencia al nivel más alto de educación completado, según la Clasificación Internacional Normalizada de la Educación (CINE).
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      La fuerza de trabajo abarca a todas las personas en edad de trabajar que representan la mano de obra disponible para la producción de bienes y servicios económicos durante un período de referencia especificado. Esto corresponde al conjunto de las personas ocupadas y las desocupadas. Los datos están desagregados por nivel de educación, haciendo referencia al nivel más alto de educación completado, según la Clasificación Internacional Normalizada de la Educación (CINE).
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas ocupadas son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, que hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja. Esta serie es parte de las estimaciones de la OIT y está armonizada teniendo en cuenta las diferencias de los datos nacionales y del alcance de la cobertura, las metodologías de recolección y tabulación, y otros factores específicos de cada país. Los datos para 1991-2016 son estimaciones mientras que los datos para 2017-2021 son proyecciones. La base de datos se actualizó en noviembre de 2017. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción del indicador y el documento metodológico sobre las estimaciones y proyecciones de la OIT (en Inglés).
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas ocupadas son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, que hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas ocupadas son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los datos están desagregados por nivel de educación, haciendo referencia al nivel más alto de educación completado, según la Clasificación Internacional Normalizada de la Educación (CINE).
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas ocupadas son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los datos están desagregados por ocupación, utilizando la versión más reciente de la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO). La información sobre las ocupaciones hace referencia al conjunto de tareas y obligaciones llevadas a cabo por o asignadas a una persona.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas ocupadas son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los datos están desagregados por ocupación, utilizando la versión más reciente de la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO). La información sobre las ocupaciones hace referencia al conjunto de tareas y obligaciones llevadas a cabo por o asignadas a una persona. Esta serie es parte de las estimaciones de la OIT y está armonizada teniendo en cuenta las diferencias de los datos nacionales y del alcance de la cobertura, las metodologías de recolección y tabulación, y otros factores específicos de cada país. Los datos para 1991-2016 son estimaciones mientras que los datos para 2017-2021 son proyecciones. La base de datos se actualizó en noviembre de 2017. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción del indicador y el documento metodológico sobre las estimaciones y proyecciones de la OIT (en Inglés).
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas ocupadas son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los datos están desagregados por ocupación, utilizando la versión más reciente de la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO). La información sobre las ocupaciones hace referencia al conjunto de tareas y obligaciones llevadas a cabo por o asignadas a una persona.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas ocupadas son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los datos están desagregados por ocupación, utilizando la versión más reciente de la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO). La información sobre las ocupaciones hace referencia al conjunto de tareas y obligaciones llevadas a cabo por o asignadas a una persona. Esta serie es parte de las estimaciones de la OIT y está armonizada teniendo en cuenta las diferencias de los datos nacionales y del alcance de la cobertura, las metodologías de recolección y tabulación, y otros factores específicos de cada país. Los datos para 1991-2016 son estimaciones mientras que los datos para 2017-2021 son proyecciones. La base de datos se actualizó en noviembre de 2017. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción del indicador y el documento metodológico sobre las estimaciones y proyecciones de la OIT (en Inglés).
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Graduates/new entrants in each educational field as a percentage of the sum of graduates/new entrants in all fields.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: World Health Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Note: All data contained within is provisional. The annual number of cases of measles and rubella officially reported by a member state is only available by July of each following year (through the joint WHO UNICEF annual data collection exercise). “provisional data based on monthly data reported to WHO (Geneva) as of April 2019”. Measles cases are defined as laboratory confirmed, epidemiologically linked, and clinical cases as reported to the World Health Organization. Some countries report cases at irregular intervals, providing multiple months of data in a one month period. Future months are reported as 0 and will be updated as data is available. When data is used in public settings, please acknowledge the data source is the World Health Organization.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Distribution of teachers by gender and different age groups.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: India Meteorological Department
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2012
      Fuente: Census India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 noviembre, 2012
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset covers both Decennial Population by Census and  Population across various districts in India
    • septiembre 2012
      Fuente: Americans for Divorce Reform
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Divorce Indicators across countries
    • marzo 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      1. ccTLDs stands for country code Top Level Domains. 2. gTLDs - stands for generic top-level domains.
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Machine Tool Builders’ Association, Japan
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly amount of orders received of Machine Tools Jan 2009 to present.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD FSE database is intended to be the best source of information on fisheries policies in OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. It is designed to monitor and quantify developments in fisheries policy, to establish a common basis for policy dialogue among countries, and to provide economic data to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of policies. These tables report country programmes data aggregated according to the main categories presented in the FSE Manual. More detailed documentation on country programmes can be found in country-level metadata; more data on country programmes can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format - link provided below). Statistics are organized in pivot tables to make possible cross-country comparisons and to filter disaggregated policy-level data by policy implementation criteria and country.
    • diciembre 2008
      Fuente: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Subido por: Peter Speyer
      Seleccionar base de datos
      IHME research, published in the Lancet in 2008. The study, Tracking progress towards universal childhood immunizations and the impact of global initiatives, provides estimates with confidence intervals of the coverage of three-dose diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis (DTP3) vaccination. The estimates take into account all publicly available data, including data from routine reporting systems and nationally representative surveys.
    • diciembre 2013
      Fuente: Durex
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 diciembre, 2013
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Durex Sex Survey
  • E
    • julio 2013
      Fuente: Earth Policy Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 julio, 2013
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Contains annual data series on water consumption, irrigated area, solar water and space heating area, countries overpumping aquifers and water deficits for the countries and regions through the time period from 1961 to 2013.
    • febrero 2015
      Fuente: U.S. Geological Survey
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 abril, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • septiembre 2018
      Fuente: Fraser Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: "Economic Freedom of the World: 2018 Annual Report"@Fraser Institute   The economic freedom index measures the degree of economic freedom present in five major areas: [1] Size of Government; [2] Legal System and Security of Property Rights; [3] Sound Money; [4] Freedom to Trade Internationally; [5] Regulation. Within the five major areas, there are 24 components (area) in economic freedom index. Each component and sub-component is placed on a scale from 0 to 10.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Long-Term Baseline Scenario is a projection of some major economic variables beyond the short-term horizon of the OECD Economic Outlook. It covers all OECD economies, non-OECD G20 economies and key partners. The projection horizon is currently 2060. For the historical period and the short-run projection horizon, the series are consistent with those of the OECD Economic Outlook number in the dataset title. The definitions, sources and methods are also the same, except where noted explicitly (such as coverage of the non-OECD and world aggregates). For more details on the methodology, please see Boxes 1 to 3 in The Long View: Scenarios for the World Economy to 2060 and the references therein.The baseline scenario is a projection conditional on a number of assumptions, notably that countries do not carry out institutional and policy reforms. It is used as a reference point to illustrate the potential impact of structural reforms in alternative scenarios, such as those discussed in The Long View: Scenarios for the World Economy to 2060. The data for these alternative scenarios are not available here but can be obtained on request by writing to EcoOutlook@oecd.org.
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available.   The database contains annual data (for all variables) and quarterly figures (for a subset of variables). Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD data bases such as Quarterly National Accounts, Annual National Accounts, Labour Force Statistics and Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 14 November 2018.   Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 to 3 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of this Outlook provides a unique tool to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest rates and exchange rates, the balance of payments, government and of households, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual and quarterly data for the historical period and for the projection period. For this latter period, quarterly data are available for the G7 countries, and the OECD regions, while annual data are available for all OECD countries and for non-OECD regions. Quarterly series are seasonally adjusted. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible over the countries. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Quarterly National Accounts, the Annual National Accounts, the Annual Labour Force Statistics and the Main Economic Indicators.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 to 3 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual for the projection period. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Quarterly National Accounts, the Annual National Accounts, the Annual Labour Force Statistics and the Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 15 May 2013. With the OECD Economic Outlook 87, new aggregation techniques have been applied to construct the OECD area (34 countries) and the OECD euro area (15 OECD countries that are also members of Euro area). The new approach aims to better handle issues arising from evolving composition of these areas and different data availability across countries. The main changes are a switch from a fixed weighting scheme to moving weighting schemes for OECD and the direct aggregation of ratios, rather than computing them as ratios of aggregated components. Consequently, a number of series expressed in levels differ from the series previously published, while others are no longer available, particularly government and labour market data. Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 to 3 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual for the projection period. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Quarterly National Accounts, the Annual National Accounts, the Labour Force Statistics and the Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 29 May 2015. Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 to 3 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual for the projection period. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Quarterly National Accounts, the Annual National Accounts, the Labour Force Statistics and the Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 29 May 2015. Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 septiembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2012
      Fuente: Liberia Institute of Statistics & Geo-Information Services
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 mayo, 2013
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      La mediana de edad marca el punto donde la mitad del grupo es mayor que esa edad y la mitad es más joven. La fuerza de trabajo abarca a todas las personas en edad de trabajar que representan la mano de obra disponible para la producción de bienes y servicios económicos durante un período de referencia especificado. Esto corresponde al conjunto de las personas ocupadas y las desocupadass. Esta serie es parte de las estimaciones de la OIT y está armonizada teniendo en cuenta las diferencias de los datos nacionales y del alcance de la cobertura, las metodologías de recolección y tabulación, y otros factores específicos de cada país. Los datos para 1990-2015 son estimaciones mientras que los datos para 2016-2030 son proyecciones. La base de datos se actualizó en julio de 2017. Para obtener más información, consulte la nota metodológica general (en Inglés) y el documento metodológico sobre las estimaciones y proyecciones de la fuerza de trabajo (en Inglés).
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Edelman
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Edelman Trust Barometer reveals that trust is in crisis around the world. The general population’s trust in all four key institutions — business, government, NGOs, and media — has declined broadly, a phenomenon not reported since Edelman began tracking trust among this segment in 2012. With the fall of trust, the majority of respondents now lack full belief that the overall system is working for them. In this climate, people’s societal and economic concerns, including globalization, the pace of innovation and eroding social values, turn into fears, spurring the rise of populist actions now playing out in several Western-style democracies. To rebuild trust and restore faith in the system, institutions must step outside of their traditional roles and work toward a new, more integrated operating model that puts people — and the addressing of their fears — at the center of everything they do.
    • diciembre 2015
      Fuente: United Nations Development Programme
      Subido por: Misha Gusev
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Calculated using Mean Years of Schooling and Expected Years of Schooling.
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic:Education Statistics Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/education-statistics License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   The World Bank EdStats All Indicator Query holds over 4,000 internationally comparable indicators that describe education access, progression, completion, literacy, teachers, population, and expenditures. The indicators cover the education cycle from pre-primary to vocational and tertiary education.
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This indicator presents internationally comparable data regarding the labour force status and the educational attainment level by the National Educational Attainment Categories (NEAC) as reported by the labour force survey (LFS) and published in OECD Education at a Glance 2017. For trend data, the Education at a Glance Database includes data from 1981 to 2016 (or years with available data).
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      All entities that provide funds for education, either initially or as final payers, are classified as either governmental (public) sources or non-governmental (private) sources, the sole exception being "international agencies and other foreign sources", which are treated as a separate category. There are three types of financial transactions: Direct expenditure on educational institutions; Transfers to students or households and to other private entities; and Households' expenditure on education outside educational institutions.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      These indicators on expenditure on education are published in chapter C of Education at a Glance, which covers financial and human resources invested in education.They are either policy levers or provide context information on education systems, or sometimes both. For example, expenditure per student is a key policy measure that most directly affects the individual learner, as it acts as a constraint on the learning environment in schools and learning conditions in the classroom.The data set “educational finance indicators” provides the main indicators computed for three levels of education : primary, secondary and post-secondary non-tertiary levels combined; tertiary level; and primary to tertiary levels combined. Other datasets provide more breakdowns for each specific indicator.
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 09 junio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The classification of personnel is based on functions and organises staff into four main functional categories: 1) Instructional Personnel; including two sub-groups: A. Classroom Teachers (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Staff (ISCED 5-6); and B. Teacher Aides (ISCED 0-4) and Teaching / Research Assistants (ISCED 5-6); 2) Professional Support for Students; including two sub-groups: A. Pedagogical Support (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Support (ISCED 5-6); B. Health and Social Support (ISCED 0-6); 3) Management/Quality Control/Administration; including four subgroups: A. School Level Management (ISCED 0-6); B. Higher Level Management (ISCED 0-6); C. School Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); and D. Higher Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); 4) Maintenance and Operations Personnel.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset presents the average number of teachers by sex and age.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset presents the average number of teachers by sex and type of institution.
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: Institute of Statistics and Economic Studies, Burundi
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 abril, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 junio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      EIA's Annual Energy Outlook provides modeled projections of domestic energy markets through 2050, and it includes cases with different assumptions regarding macroeconomic growth, world oil prices, technological progress, and energy policies. Strong domestic production coupled with relatively flat energy demand allow the United States to become a net energy exporter over the projection period in most cases. In the Reference case, natural gas consumption grows the most on an absolute basis, and non-hydroelectric renewables grow the most on a percentage basis.The AEO is developed using the National Energy Modeling System (NEMS), an integrated model that captures interactions of economic changes and energy supply, demand, and prices.Energy market projections are subject to much uncertainty, as many of the events that shape energy markets and future developments in technologies, demographics, and resources cannot be foreseen with certainty.
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Climatescope
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      World: Electricity Prices
    • octubre 2018
      Fuente: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset covers Electricity generation, consumption, Installed Capacity across India. Note: 2000-01 as referred as 2001. Source: Central Electricity Authority,Ministry of Power & Central Statistical Organisation
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning of savanna consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced from the burning of vegetation biomass in the following five land cover types: Savanna, Woody Savanna, Open Shrublands, Closed Shrublands, and Grasslands. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and Gg CO2eq from both CH4 and N2O, by land cover class (savanna, woody savanna, closed shrubland, open shrubland, grassland) and by aggregates (all categories, savanna and woody savanna, closed and open shrubland). Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (burned area and biomass burned) are also provided.
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Agriculture Total contains all the emissions produced in the different agricultural emissions sub-domains (enteric fermentation, manure management, rice cultivation, synthetic fertilizers, manure applied to soils, manure left on pastures, crop residues, cultivation of organic soils, burning of crop residues, burning of savanna, energy use), providing a picture of the contribution to the total amount of GHG emissions from agriculture. GHG emissions from agriculture consist of non-CO2 gases, namely methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O), produced by crop and livestock production and management activities. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg CO2 and CO2eq (from CH4 and N2O), by underlying agricultural emission sub-domain and by aggregate (agriculture total, agriculture total plus energy, agricultural soils).
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning crop residues consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced by the combustion of a percentage of crop residues burnt on-site. The mass of fuel available for burning should be estimated taking into account the fractions removed before burning due to animal consumption, decay in the field, and use in other sectors (e.g., biofuel, domestic livestock feed, building materials, etc.). FAOSTAT emission estimates are computed at Tier 1 following the IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, reguions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, by crop (maize, rice, sugarcane and wheat) and by aggregates. Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (biomass burned) are also provided.
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from crop residues consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from nitrogen (N) in crop residues and forage/pasture renewal left on agricultural fields by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the deposition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories, Vol. 4, Ch. 2 and 11(http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by crop and N content in residues.
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from enteric fermentation consist of methane gas produced in digestive systems of ruminants and to a lesser extent of non-ruminants. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4 and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding and market)) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, mules and asses, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for CH4 and activity data are also provided
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      GHG emissions from manure applied to soils consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from manure nitrogen (N) added to agricultural soils by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the application site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), chickens (broilers and layers), ducks, goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding and market) and turkeys) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, chickens, mules and asses, poultry birds, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for N2O and activity data (N content in manure) are also provided.
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      GHG emissions from manure left on pastures consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from manure nitrogen (N) left on pastures by grazing livestock. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the deposition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as direct, indirect and total Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), chickens (broilers and layers), ducks, goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding, market), turkeys) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, chickens, mules and asses, poultry birds, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for N2O and N content in manure are also provided.
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from synthetic fertilizers consist of nitrous oxide gas from synthetic nitrogen additions to managed soils. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the addition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for N2O and activity data (consumption) are also provided.
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning of biomass consist of methane and nitrous oxide gases from biomass combustion of forest land cover classes ‘Humid and Tropical Forest’ and ‘Other Forests’, and of methane, nitrous oxide, and carbon dioxide gases from combustion of organic soils. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2, Gg CO2eq and Gg CO2eq from both CH4 and N2O, by land cover class (humid tropical forest, other forest, organic soils) and by aggregate (burning - all categories). Implied emission factors for N2O, CH4 and CO2 as well activity data (burned area and biomass burned) are also provided.
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data from cropland are currently limited to emissions from cropland organic soils. They are those associated with carbon losses from drained histosols under cropland. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol5.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net emissions/removal Gg CO2 and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for C, net stock change Gg C and activity data (area) are also provided.
    • febrero 2016
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Annual net CO2 emission/removal from Forest Land consist of net carbon stock gain/loss in the living biomass pool (aboveground and belowground biomass) associated with Forest and Net Forest Conversion. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html) and using area and carbon stocks data compiled by countries in the FAO Global Forest Resource Assessments (http://www.fao.org/forestry/fra/en/). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net stock change Gg C, net emissions/removals Gg CO2 and CO2eq, by forest or net forest conversion and by aggregate (forest land). Implied emission factor for CO2 as well as activity data (area, net area difference, total forest area and carbon stock in living biomass) are also given.
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data from grassland are currently limited to emissions from grassland organic soils. They are those associated with carbon losses from drained histosols under grassland. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol6.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net emissions/removal Gg CO2 and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for C, net stock change Gg C and activity data (area) are also provided.
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Land Use Total contains all GHG emissions and removals produced in the different Land Use sub-domains, representing the three IPCC Land Use categories: cropland, forest land, and grassland, collectively called emissions/removals from the Forestry and Other Land Use (FOLU) sector. FOLU emissions consist of CO2 (carbon dioxide), CH4 (methane) and N2O (nitrous oxide) associated with land management activities. CO2 emissions/removals are derived from estimated net carbon stock changes in above and below-ground biomass pools of forest land, including forest land converted to other land uses. CH4 and N2O, and additional CO2 emissions are estimated for fires and drainage of organic soils. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html). GHG emissions are provided as by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, net emissions/removals as GG CO2 and Gg CO2eq, by underlying land use emission sub-domain and by aggregate (land use total).
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      El empleo total en el sector público abarca todo el empleo del sector del gobierno general tal como se define en el Sistema de Cuentas Nacionales 1993 así como el empleo en empresas y compañías de propiedad estatal, residentes y que actúan a nivel del gobierno central, estatal (o regional) y local. Abarca a todas las personas empleadas directamente por estas instituciones, sin tener en cuenta el tipo particular de contrato de trabajo. Para obtener más información, consulte el documento (solamente en Inglés): Statistics on Public Sector Employment: Methodology, Structures and Trends.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Compared to men, women are less likely to work full-time, more likely to be employed in lower-paid occupations, and less likely to progress in their careers. As a result gender pay gaps persist and women are more likely to end their lives in poverty. This data looks at how many men and women are in paid work, who works full-time, and how having children and growing older affect women’s work patterns and earnings differently to men’s. It looks at how women bear the brunt of domestic and family responsibilities, even when working full-time. It also considers the benefits for businesses of keeping skilled women in the workplace, and encouraging them to sit on company boards. It looks at women’s representation in parliaments, judicial systems, and the senior civil service. It examines male and female employment in the wake of the crisis, and how women tend to be confined to the most vulnerable categories within the informal sector in developing countries.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 018 -- Employed persons by occupational group (Classification of Occupations 2010, levels 1 to 2), background country, sex and year 2010-2016 http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__vrm__tyokay/statfin_tyokay_pxt_018.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Hint: Occupational data can be filtered to different hierarchy levels of the classification (Level 1, Level 2) by entering in the Search field, e.g. Level 2. The figures in the tables are final. Description of statistics Concepts and definitions Classifications .. = Data not available or too uncertain for presentation, or subject to secrecy. From 2005, the employment pension insurance includes those aged 18 to 68, while previously the obligation to take out pension insurance for employees already started from the age of 14. This is visible in the employment statistics from 2005 onwards as a fall in employment by young people and a rise in the number of students. Statistics cannot be compiled reliably on employment by under-age people on the basis of register data. Background countries are specified in the table if the number of employed persons in the background country exceeds 99. © Tilastokeskus - Statistics Finland
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: World Input-Output Database
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Includes both employees and the self-employed.
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 005 -- Energy import and export by country, % http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__ene__ehk/statfin_ehk_pxt_005_en.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Revisions in these statistics Description kuvaus Consepts and definitions *Year preliminary
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 006 -- Energy import and export by country, proportion % http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__ene__ehk/statfin_ehk_pxt_006_en.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Revisions in these statistics Description kuvaus Consepts and definitions *Year preliminary
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 004 -- Energy import and export by country http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__ene__ehk/statfin_ehk_pxt_004_en.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Revisions in these statistics Description Consepts and definitions *Year preliminary
    • octubre 2018
      Fuente: Knoema
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 octubre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2018
      Fuente: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 junio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2018
      Fuente: Federal Institute for Geosciences and Natural Resources
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 mayo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset presents the number of students enrolled in different education programmes by country of origin and sex.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of students enrolled in different education programmes by age and sex.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset presents the number of students enrolled in different education programmes by field and sex.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This indicator examines the share of students by gender, programme orientation and mode of study over the total number of students.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of students enrolled in different education programmes by type of institution and sex.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of students by level of education, adjusted to the financial year. When financial year, school year and calendar year differs, adjustments are made to ease comparison.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Enrolment rate per age is the percentage of students enrolled in each type of institution over the total of students
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 julio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      1: Most surveys were administered using the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology as outlined in the Methodology page, while some others did not strictly adhere to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology. For example, for surveys which do not follow the Global Methodology, the Universe under consideration may have consisted of only manufacturing firms or the questionnaire used may have been different from the standard global questionnaire. Data users should exercise caution when comparing raw data and point estimates between surveys that did and did not adhere to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology. For surveys which did not adhere to the Global Methodology plus Afghanistan 2008, any inference from one of these surveys is representative only for the data sample itself. 2: Regional and "all countries" averages of indicators are computed by taking a simple average of country-level point estimates. For each economy, only the latest available year of survey data is used in this computation. Only surveys, posted during the years 2009-2017, and adhering to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology are used to compute these regional and "all countries" averages. 3: Descriptions of firm subgroup levels, e.g. how the ex post groupings are constructed, are provided in the Indicator Descriptions (PDF, 710KB) document. 4: Statistics derived from less than or equal to five firms are displayed with an "n.a." to maintain confidentiality and should be distinguished from ".." which indicates missing values. Also note for three growth-related indicators under the "Performance" topic, these indicators are not computed when they are derived from less than 30 firms. 5: Standard errors are labeled "n.c.", meaning not computed, for the following:    1) indicators for all surveys that were not conducted using the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology and    2) for indicator breakdowns by ex post groupings: exporter or ownership type, and gender of the top manager.
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: National Statistical Committee, Kyrgyz Republic
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Entrepreneurship is crucial to economic development, promoting social integration and reducing inequalities. The Gender-entrepreneurship dataset presents an original collection of indicators that measure gender equality in entrepreneurship, providing an important reference for policy insights and policy making. Data refer mainly to the self-employed, their profile, age, education and sector of activity.
    • enero 2018
      Fuente: Environmental Performance Index
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 febrero, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Environmental Performance Index (EPI) is constructed through the calculation and aggregation of 20 indicators reflecting national-level environmental data. These indicators are combined into nine issue categories, each of which fit under one of two overarching objectives. The two objectives that provide the overarching structure of the EPI are Environmental Health and Ecosystem Vitality. Environmental Health measures the protection of human health from environmental harm. Ecosystem Vitality measures ecosystem protection and resource management. These two objectives are further divided into nine issue categories that span high-priority environmental policy issues, including air quality, forests, fisheries, and climate and energy, among others. The issue categories are extensive but not comprehensive. Underlying the nine issue categories are 20 indicators calculated from country-level data and statistics. After more than 15 years of work on environmental performance measurement and six iterations of the EPI, global data are still lacking on a number of key environmental issues. These include: freshwater quality, toxic chemical exposures, municipal solid waste management, nuclear safety, wetlands loss, agricultural soil quality and degradation, recycling rates, adaptation, vulnerability, and resiliency to climate change, desertification.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Environmental Policy Stringency Index (EPS) is a country-specific and internationally-comparable measure of the stringency of environmental policy. Stringency is defined as the degree to which environmental policies put an explicit or implicit price on polluting or environmentally harmful behaviour. The index ranges from 0 (not stringent) to 6 (highest degree of stringency). The index covers 28 OECD and 6 BRIICS countries for the period 1990-2012. The index is based on the degree of stringency of 14 environmental policy instruments, primarily related to climate and air pollution.
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      EAMFP growth measures the residual growth in the joint production of both the desirable and the undesirable outputs that cannot be explained by changes in the consumption of factor inputs (including labour, produced capital and natural capital). Therefore, for a given growth of input use, EAMFP increases when GDP increases or when pollution decreases. As part of the growth accounting framework underlying the EAMFP indicator, the growth contribution of natural capital and growth adjustment for pollution abatement indicators are derived: Growth contribution of natural capital - measures to what extent a country's growth in output is attributable to natural resource use; Growth adjustment for pollution abatement - measures to what extent a country's GDP growth should be corrected for pollution abatement efforts - adding what has been undervalued due to resources being diverted to pollution abatement, or deducing the ‘excess' growth which is generated at the expense of environmental quality.
    • agosto 2011
      Fuente: Multiple Sources
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      A compilation of monthly closing stock indices for major stock exchanges across the World. This dataset is updated on a monthly basis.
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: International Renewable Energy Agency
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 octubre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      La estadística de energía renovable 2018 muestra conjuntos de datos sobre la capacidad de generación de energía renovable para 2008-2017, la generación de energía renovable para 2008-2016 y los saldos de energía renovable para aproximadamente 120 países y áreas para 2015 y 2016. Los datos de capacidad de energía renovable que se muestran en estas tablas representan la capacidad de generación neta máxima de las plantas de energía y otras instalaciones que utilizan fuentes de energía renovables para producir electricidad. Para la mayoría de los países y tecnologías, los datos reflejan la capacidad instalada y conectada al final del año calendario. El almacenamiento por bombeo se incluye en la energía hidroeléctrica, pero se excluye de la energía renovable total. Los datos de capacidad se presentan en megavatios (MW), mientras que los datos de generación se presentan en gigavatios-hora (GWh). Se han obtenido datos de diversas fuentes, incluido un cuestionario IRENA, estadísticas nacionales oficiales, informes de asociaciones industriales, informes de consultores y artículos de noticias. Los datos de inversión se presentan en millones de dólares estadounidenses (millones de USD) a precios corrientes.
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Balance=OPEC crude oil production-Difference (a-b) Global oil demand, supply, oil market balance and required amounts of OPEC crude.   World oil Demand: World oil demand growth in 2018 was revised downward by around 20 tb/d, primarily as a result of the slower-than-expected performance by non-OECD Latin America and the Middle East during 2Q18. Hence, world oil demand growth is now pegged at 1.62 mb/d, with total global consumption at 98.82 mb/d. World Oil Supply Non-OPEC oil supply in 2018 was revised down by 0.06 mb/d from the previous MOMR to average 59.56 mb/d, mainly due to a downward adjustment in the supply forecast for Brazil, the UK, India, Malaysia and China on lower-than-expected output in 2H18, which was partially offset by an upward revision in US supply. Y-o-y growth was also revised down by 0.06 mb/d to now stand at 2.02 mb/d. The US, Brazil, Canada, Kazakhstan and the UK are expected to be the main drivers for y-o-y growth, while Mexico and Norway will show the largest declines.   World Economy Global economic growth forecasts remain robust for 2018 and 2019, at 3.8% and 3.6%, respectively. While the growth levels are unchanged from last month, a number of offsetting developments, particularly rising challenges in some emerging and developing economies, are skewing the current global economic growth risk forecast to the downside. Rising trade tensions, and the consequences of further potential monetary tightening by G4 central banks, in combination with rising global debt levels, are additional concerns
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The estimated resident population (ERP) is the official measure of the Australian population. This dataset contains annual ERP by country of birth, age and sex at the Australia level. At the state/territory level it is available for Census years only. Population_Estimates:_Concepts,_Sources_and_Methods_2009
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The estimated resident population (ERP) is the official measure of the Australian population. This dataset contains annual ERP by country of birth, age and sex at the Australia level. At the state/territory level it is available for Census years only.
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • enero 2010
      Fuente: European Commission
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset provides an overview of the most recent and pertinent annual energy related statistics in Europe. The data is drawn from several sources: the European Commission’s services; international organisations, such as the European Environment Agency and the International Energy Agency and, where no data is currently available, from the European Commission’s estimations. The indicator calculations follow the methodology established by the European Commission - DG Energy.
    • mayo 2012
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Scoreboard has been prepared from companies' annual reports and accounts received by an independent data provider.
    • septiembre 2015
      Fuente: Multiple Sources
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 septiembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: European Commission
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      European Economic publications from Winter 2018 to Spring 2019 are collected and added into this dataset.
    • julio 2017
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Note: For latest data, please contact us: https://knoema.com/contact  
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • octubre 2015
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 octubre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Recent exchange rate movements have been unusually large, triggering a debate regarding their likely effects on trade. Historical experience in advanced and emerging market and developing economies suggests that exchange rate movements typically have sizable effects on export and import volumes. A 10 percent real effective depreciation in an economy’s currency is associated with a rise in real net exports of, on average, 1.5 percent of GDP, with substantial cross-country variation around this average. Although these effects fully materialize over a number of years, much of the adjustment occurs in the first year. The boost to exports associated with currency depreciation is found to be largest in countries with initial economic slack and with domestic financial systems that are operating normally. Some evidence suggests that the rise of global value chains has weakened the relationship between exchange rates and trade in intermediate products used as inputs into other economies’ exports. However, the bulk of global trade still consists of conventional trade, and there is little evidence of a general trend toward disconnect between exchange rates and total exports and imports.
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: InterNations
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      In 2018, Expat Insider, one of the world’s largest and most comprehensive surveys on life abroad, achieved a major milestone for its fifth anniversary: the number of respondents reached a new record high. In total, 18,135 expats from across the globe took part in the survey. They represent 178 nationalities and are living in 187 countries or territories, from over 1,600 participants in Germany to one each in Greenland and Equatorial Guinea, providing a unique insight into life abroad in 2018.
    • septiembre 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 04 octubre, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Countries report expenditures by sources of funds: Governement (central, regional, local); International agencies and other foreign sources; Households and Other private entities (including firms and religious institutions and other non-profit organisations). Three types of financial transactions can be distinguished: -direct expenditure/payments on educational institutions -Intergovernmental transfers for education -Transfers to students or households and to other private entities.
    • marzo 2017
      Fuente: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: Ministry of Law and Justice. (1) The expenditure also includes the Govt. of India's share paid to the respective State Govt. by Govt. of India in connection with the election to the 14th Lok Sabha. The figures of '2004' also includes expenditure incurred on State/UT Legislative Assemblies elections which held with '2004' Lok Sabha elections. (2) Figures relates to demand received from State/Uts for conducting of general election 2009 of Lok Sabha. (3) Values of 2016 are Provisional Release. (4) Release for the year 2016-17 is upto 17th September, 2016
    • julio 2012
      Fuente: Knoema
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source : United States Department of Agriculture; International Monetary Fund; UN Department of Economic and Social Affairs; Food and Agriculture Organization, The World Bank
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Percent of household final consumption expenditures spent on food, alcoholic beverages, and tobacco that were consumed at home, 2009-2016. The data are computed by Birgit Meade (202-694-5159), ERS/USDA, EUROMONITOR data, June 2015.
    • marzo 2017
      Fuente: Statistics Bureau of Japan
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Statistics Name: Current Survey of Supply and Demand for Petroleum Products Annual Report Petroleum Products Import and Export of Petroleum Products/Monthly Export by Area and Country F.Y.
    • marzo 2017
      Fuente: Statistics Bureau of Japan
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Statistics Name: Current Survey of Supply and Demand for Petroleum Products Annual Report Petroleum Products Import and Export of Petroleum Products/Monthly Export by Area and Country Month
    • febrero 2015
      Fuente: World Integrated Trade Solution
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Export of Value Added (EVA) dataset illustrates the strength of economy- wide linkages. It provides data on how value added structures and services linkages to trade have evolved over time. Thanks to repeated updating of the GTAP dataset, we have data for both cross border linkages in recent years, and how these have changed since the early 1990s. This serves as the basis for the database, which builds on Christen, Francois, and Hoekman (2012) and Francois, Manchin, and Tomberger (2012). We work with a panel of global input-output data (a set of global social accounting matrices spanning intermittent years from 1992 to 2011) that covers not only key OECD economies, but also a range of developing countries as well. Sector_GMatrix:  This matrix contains the total domestic value added based on linkages. Depending whether rows or columns are considered its sum corresponds to forward (row) or backward (colunn) linkages. Thus reading a row for a given sector (sector presented on the y-axis) provides information about how much this sector went into each sector (on the x-axis) as inputs DomVAshare: This vector denotes the domestic share of value added of gross value of output per sector. GXshare: Denotes the share of each sector in total exports per country based on the gross value of exports. DXshare: Denotes the share of each sector’s exports of total exports per country based on direct value added, ignoring linkages. VXsharefwd: Denotes the total value added in exports based on forward linkages per sector and country. VXsharebwd: Denotes the total value added in exports based on backward linkages. It is obtained by taking the column-sums of matrix H.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Mauritius
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: https://mauritius.opendataforafrica.org/sibqotb Quarterly survey of employment among all EOE is done on a quarterly basis and the reference date is the last Thursday of the last month of the reference quarter. Exports and imports data are obtained on a monthly basis from the Customs Department of the Mauritius Revenue Authority. Details on the compilation method and procedures are available in the quarterly Economic and Social Indicator entitled 'Export Oriented Enterprises' at http://statsmauritius.govmu.org/English/StatsbySubj/Pages/Manufacturing.aspx.
    • mayo 2016
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table presents annual statistics on international trade in services of individual economies by trading partner and by 78 selected service categories. In addition, the table contains data for services trade of various groups of economies with world" and for selected principal service categories. The data presented are the result of the common work of UNCTAD, World Trade Organization (WTO) and International Trade Center (ITC).
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      US: Exports and Imports of New Passenger Vehicles and Light Trucks 2019.
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Air pollution is considered one of the most pressing environmental and health issues across OECD countries and beyond. According to the World Health Organisation (WHO), exposure to fine particulate matter (PM2.5) has potentially the most significant adverse effects on health compared to other pollutants. PM2.5 can be inhaled and cause serious health problems including both respiratory and cardiovascular disease, having its most severe effects on children and elderly people. Exposure to PM2.5 has been shown to considerably increase the risk of heart disease and stroke in particular. For these reasons, population exposure to (outdoor or ambient) PM2.5 has been identified as an OECD Green Growth headline indicator. The underlying PM2.5 concentrations estimates are taken from van Donkelaar et al. (2016). They have been derived using satellite observations and a chemical transport model, calibrated to global ground-based measurements using Geographically Weighted Regression at 0.01° resolution. The underlying population data, Gridded Population of the World, version 4 (GPWv4) are taken from the Socioeconomic Data and Applications Center (SEDAC) at the NASA. The underlying boundary geometries are taken from the Global Administrative Unit Layers (GAUL) developed by the FAO, and the OECD Territorial Classification, when available. The current version of the database presents much more variation with respect to the previous one. The reason is that the underlying concentration estimates previously included smoothed multi-year averages and interpolations; while in the current version annual concentration estimates are used. Establishing trends of pollution exposure should be done with care, especially at smaller output areas, as their inputs (e.g. underlying data and models) can change from year to year. We recommend using a 3-year moving average for visualisation.
    • septiembre 2013
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 octubre, 2013
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table presents information on the external long-term indebtedness of developing economies (as debtors), expressed in millions of dollars, expressed as percentage of total long-term debt, as percentage of debt source and as percentage of region. The table also provides breakdown of public and publicly guaranteed debt by source of lending (as creditors).
    • diciembre 2014
      Fuente: Department of Statistics, Jordan
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Norway
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      If a search in the StatBank does not return any result, this does not necessarily mean that there is no trade or that the country code is not valid in the particular period. A zero (0) could also imply that the figures are confidential or that the value is less than half of the unit used. From 2006 on the following countries had their belonging to continent changed - Cyprus from Asia to Europe, and Armenia, Georgia, Kyrgyzstan, Kazakhstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan from Europe to Asia. The total for Trade are/continent includes this change - while in the selections of countries in the pull-down menu for European/Asian countries it is the present classification that will be shown for the whole time period (Cypros belonging to Europe and the other countries to Asia). Statistics Norway do not publish figures for the trade region previously Comecon after 2011. For more information, see About the statistics Monthly figures are released on the 15th of the month after the observation period (the previous month), or the first subsequent working day. These figures are preliminary. Corresponding yearly figures are published together with the monthly figures for December. With regard to the current year, all the monthly figures are updated in every publication. Final figures for the preceding year are released twice. For the first time in May the following year, while the corrected final figures are published in May one year later. country EU Croatia is included in the trade with the EU from 2014 on. Palestine (2013-) Previously: West Bank/Gaza Stripe (2001-2012)
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Norway
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      If a search in the StatBank does not return any result, this does not necessarily mean that there is no trade or that the country code is not valid in the particular period. A zero (0) could also imply that the figures are confidential or that the value is less than half of the unit used. From 2006 on the following countries had their belonging to continent changed - Cyprus from Asia to Europe, and Armenia, Georgia, Kyrgyzstan, Kazakhstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan from Europe to Asia. The total for Trade are/continent includes this change - while in the selections of countries in the pull-down menu for European/Asian countries it is the present classification that will be shown for the whole time period (Cypros belonging to Europe and the other countries to Asia). Statistics Norway do not publish figures for the trade region previously Comecon after 2011. For more information, see About the statistics Monthly figures are released on the 15th of the month after the observation period (the previous month), or the first subsequent working day. These figures are preliminary. Corresponding yearly figures are published together with the monthly figures for December. With regard to the current year, all the monthly figures are updated in every publication. Final figures for the preceding year are released twice. For the first time in May the following year, while the corrected final figures are published in May one year later. country EU Croatia is included in the trade with the EU from 2014 on. Palestine (2013-) Previously: West Bank/Gaza Stripe (2001-2012)
    • enero 2016
      Fuente: National Statistics Office, Algeria
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: https://algeria.opendataforafrica.org/DZEXTRD2011
    • septiembre 2005
      Fuente: National Institute of Statistics, Guinea Bissau
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 junio, 2013
      Seleccionar base de datos
      External Trade of Guinea-Bissau, 2006
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: State Statistical Office, Republic of North Macedonia
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Methodological explanationsSymbols used Source: State Statistical Office Year 2018 preliminary data
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: National Statistical Committee, Kyrgyz Republic
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Denmark
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
  • F
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      In view of the strong demand for cross-national indicators on the situation of families and children, the OECD Family Database was developed to provide cross-national indicators on family outcomes and family policies across the OECD countries, its enhanced engagement partners and EU member states. The database brings together information from various national and international databases, both from within the OECD and from external organisations. The database classifies indicators into four main dimensions: (i) structure of families, (ii) labour market position of families, (iii) public policies for families and children and (iv) child outcomes. Detailed information on the definitions, sources and methods used in the construction of the database can be found on the OECD Family Database webpage.
    • mayo 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The dataset includes data on gross and net production indices for various food and agriculture aggregates expressed in both totals and per capita.
    • septiembre 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 octubre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      1.Following the recommendation of experts gathered in the Committee on World Food Security (CFS) Round Table on hunger measurement, hosted at FAO headquarters in September 2011, an initial set of indicators aiming to capture various aspects of food insecurity is presented here. 2.The choice of the indicators has been informed by expert judgment and the availability of data with sufficient coverage to enable comparisons across regions and over time. Many of these indicators are produced and published elsewhere by FAO and other international organizations. They are reported here in a single database with the aim of building a wide food security information system. More indicators will be added to this set as more data will become available. Note: Data represent values for time periods (1999-2001,2000-02,2005-07) and is shown as data for the last year of time period 2001, 2002,2007
    • junio 2012
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 julio, 2012
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset represents Food Consumption, Food Production and Trade by various Food items. Note: data represent values for time periods (1990-1992, 1995-97, 2000-02, 2005-07) and is shown as data for the last year of time period (1992, 1997, 2002, 2007).
    • octubre 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Price domain of FAOSTAT contains data on prices received by farmers (called Producer prices) for primary crops, live animals, livestock primary products as collected at the point of initial sale (prices paid at the farm-gate). Data are provided for over 160 countries and for some 200 commodities. The Price domain provides price data in three units: i) Local Currency Units (LCU) ii) Standard Local Currency (SLC) iii) US Dollars.
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Value of gross production has been compiled by multiplying gross production in physical terms by output prices at farm gate. Thus, value of production measures production in monetary terms at the farm gate level. Since intermediate uses within the agricultural sector (seed and feed) have not been subtracted from production data, this value of production aggregate refers to the notion of "gross production". Value of gross production is provided in both current and constant terms and is expressed in US dollars and Standard Local Currency (SLC). The current value of production measures value in the prices relating to the period being measured. Thus, it represents the market value of food and agricultural products at the time they were produced. Knowing this figure is helpful in understanding exactly what was happening within a given economy at that point in time. Often, this information can help explain economic trends that emerged in later periods and why they took place. Value of production in constant terms is derived using the average prices of a selected year or years, known as the base period. Constant price series can be used to show how the quantity or volume of products has changed, and are often referred to as volume measures. The ratio of the current and constant price series gives a measure of price movements. US dollar figures for value of gross production are converted from local currencies using official exchange rates as prevailing in the respective years. The SLC of a country is the local currency prevailing in the latest year. Expressing data series in one uniform currency is useful because it avoids the influence of revaluation in local currency, if any, on value of production
    • abril 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Producer Price Indices - AnnualIndices of agricultural producer prices measure the average annual change over time in the selling prices received by farmers (prices at the farm-gate or at the first point of sale). Annual data are provided for over 80 countries. The three categories of producer price indices available in FAOSTAT comprise: Single-item price indices, Commodity group indices and the Agriculture producer price index.
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Fertilizers by Product dataset contains information on product amounts for the Production, Trade, Agriculture Use and Other Uses of chemical and mineral fertilizers products, over the time series 2002-present. The fertilizer statistics data are validated separately for a set of over thirty individual products. Both straight and compound fertilizers are included.
    • octubre 2011
      Fuente: Food and Agricultural Policy Research Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 diciembre, 2012
      Seleccionar base de datos
      FAPRI U.S. and World Outlook presents multi-year projections for the United States and world agricultural sectors. These projections serve as a baseline for evaluating and comparing alternative macroeconomic, policy, weather, and technological scenarios. These reports have been produced annually and used by congressional and agricultural leaders since 1985.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      FDI statistics cover all entities in an FDI relationship. An FDI relationship is established when an investor in one country acquires 10% or more of the voting power in a business enterprise in another country. The investor is also called a direct investor or a parent and the business enterprise is called a direct investment enterprise or an affiliate. The 10 percent criteria is used to establish that the direct investor has a significant degree of influence over the operations of the direct investment enterprise. The FDI population includes affiliates that are directly and indirectly owned by the parent. In direct ownership, the parent owns the 10% or more voting power itself. In indirect ownership, the parent controls an affiliate that in turn owns 10 percent or more of the voting power in another enterprise. The FDI population also includes enterprises that are not in a direct investment relationship themselves but have a direct investor in common. Called fellow enterprises, they are included because, even though there is no direct investment relationship between the two, any transactions between them likely resulted from the influence that their common direct investor has on both of their operations.
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 junio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      FDI data are based on statistics provided by 35 OECD member countries and by Lithuania. BMD4: OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment - 4th Edition
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 julio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index (FDI Index) measures statutory restrictions on foreign direct investment across 22 economic sectors. It gauges the restrictiveness of a country’s FDI rules by looking at the four main types of restrictions on FDI: 1) Foreign equity limitations; 2) Discriminatory screening or approval mechanisms; 3) Restrictions on the employment of foreigners as key personnel and 4) Other operational restrictions, e.g. restrictions on branching and on capital repatriation or on land ownership by foreign-owend enterprises. Restrictions are evaluated on a 0 (open) to 1 (closed) scale. The overall restrictiveness index is the average of sectoral scores. The discriminatory nature of measures, i.e. when they apply to foreign investors only, is the central criterion for scoring a measure. State ownership and state monopolies, to the extent they are not discriminatory towards foreigners, are not scored. The FDI Index is not a full measure of a country’s investment climate. A range of other factors come into play, including how FDI rules are implemented. Entry barriers can also arise for other reasons, including state ownership in key sectors. A country’s ability to attract FDI will be affected by others factors such as the size of its market, the extent of its integration with neighbours and even geography among other. Nonetheless, FDI rules can be a critical determinant of a country’s attractiveness to foreign investors.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 18 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: OECD International direct investment database, IMF Reference:Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment, 3rd edition   Foreign direct investment reflects the objective of obtaining a lasting interest by a resident entity in one economy (‘‘direct investor'') in anentity resident in an economy other than that of the investor (‘‘direct investment enterprise''). The lasting interest implies the existence of a long-term relationship between the direct investor and the enterprise and a significant degree of influence on the management of the enterprise. Direct investment involves both the initial transaction between the two entities and all subsequent capital transactions between them and among affiliated enterprises, both incorporated and unincorporated.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2017
      Fuente: International Fertilizer Industry Association
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Assessment of Fertilizer Use by Crop at the Global Level 2015. Fully understanding the contribution of the different crop types to fertilizer use at national, regional and global levels is a prerequisite to the development of sound fertilizer demand forecasts. IFA gathers information on fertilizer use by crop in the main fertilizer-consuming countries. IFA’s country estimates currently cover 28 countries (considering the European Union (EU-28) as a single country). These countries account together for 94% of world fertilizer consumption.
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The dataset contains data on Import and Export Value (expressed in 1000 USD) for a selected list of fertilizers, from 1961 on wards. Country and country aggregate data are available. The fertilizers covered are: Nitrogenous fertilizers; Phosphate fertilizers; Potash fertilizers; Fertilizers Manufactured, nes; Fertilizers, Organic; Natural Phosphates; Natural Potassic Salts; Natural Sodium Nitrate.
    • octubre 2018
      Fuente: International Federation of Association Football
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly updates of FIFA World Football Men's Ranking 
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Financial Soundness Indicators (FSIs) were developed by the IMF, together with the international community, with aim of supporting analysis and assessing strengths and vulnerabilities of financial systems. The Statistics Department of the IMF, disseminates data and metadata on selected FSIs provided by participating countries. For a description of the various FSIs, as well as the consolidation basis, consolidation adjustments, and accounting rules followed, please refer to the concepts and definitions document in the document tab. Reporting countries compile FSI data using different methodologies, which may also vary for different points in time for the same country. Users are advised to consult the accompanying metadata to conduct more meaning cross-country comparisons or to assess the evolution of a given FSI for any of the countries.
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Reporting entities dataset provides information on the structure, size, and coverage of the financial institutions that are used for compiling financial soundness indicators. It provides a better understanding of the structure of the reporting entities in terms of the type of institution, number of entities, size of assets, and type of control. Reporting entities are domestically incorporated entities but are divided into two: domestically controlled and foreign controlled. The concepts of residency criterion and control are determined based on FSI Guide methodology which is in line with international best practices such as Systems of National Accounts. Data on reporting entities cover the branches, subsidiaries and the value of asset for both domestically and foreign controlled entities resident in the reporting country together their resident and non-resident subsidiaries.
    • abril 2019
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'.Â
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 004 -- International trade in services by region, 1 000 000 euros http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__kan__tpulk/statfin_tpulk_pxt_004.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ The statistics on international trade in goods and services cover international trade in balance of payments terms on the quarterly level. The statistics form a link for goods trade in customs and balance of payments terms, describe the breakdown of quarterly trade in services, and indicate the total exports of goods and services by area. . = Category not applicable. .. = Data not available or too uncertain for presentation, or subject to secrecy. Description of statistics Concepts and definitionsRegion Region and statesYear Year.Data Import The value of imports, 1 000 000 euros.Export The value of exports, 1 000 000 euros.
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 004 -- Population by main type of activity, nationality, occupational status, sex, age and year 2000-2017* http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__vrm__tyokay/statfin_tyokay_pxt_004.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ The figures in the tables are final. Description of statistics Concepts and definitions Classifications .. = Data not available or too uncertain for presentation, or subject to secrecy. From 2005, the employment pension insurance includes those aged 18 to 68, while previously the obligation to take out pension insurance for employees already started from the age of 14. This is visible in the employment statistics from 2005 onwards as a fall in employment by young people and a rise in the number of students. Statistics cannot be compiled reliably on employment by under-age people on the basis of register data. Citizenships are specified in the table if the number of people in the citizenship group exceeds 99. © Tilastokeskus - Statistics Finland
    • marzo 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 008 -- Nationality according to age and sex by region in 1990 to 2017 http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__vrm__vaerak/statfin_vaerak_pxt_008.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Concepts and definitions Description Quality description These statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2018 to the whole time series. Population statistics from 1750 to 2000 have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service. Publications on Population structure in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish)Nationality If a person has two nationalities and one of them is Finnish, he/she will be included in statistics as a Finnish national. The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. Citizens of non-autonomous states are summed under the mother country.Nationality Czech Republic Czech Republic + Former CzechoslovakiaSudan Sudan + Former Sudan
    • marzo 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 009 -- Finnish citizens with dual nationality by age and second nationality in 2000 to 2017 http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__vrm__vaerak/statfin_vaerak_pxt_009.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Concepts and definitions Description Quality description Population statistics from 1750 to 2000 have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service. Publications on Population structure in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) Second nationality If a person has two nationalities and one of them is Finnish, he/she will be included in statistics as a Finnish national. Second nationality Czech Republic Czech Republic + Former Czechoslovakia Sudan Sudan + Former Sudan
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 noviembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      First Year Expenditures and Planned Total Expenditures for Investments Initiated in 2016, Country of UBO by Type of Investment
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The dataset Fisheries International collaboration in technology development (bilateral) provides the number of co-inventions (simple patent families) developed jointly by at least two inventors. This indicator is disaggregated by: Country - country of residence of the inventor(s), integral counted; in cases when inventors from more than two countries collaborate, this is translated into distinct bilateral relationships between country pairs. For example, if inventors from 3 countries collaborate (e.g. USA, DEU, JPN) then a unit count is assigned to 6 country pairs (USA-DEU, USA-JPN, DEU-JPN, DEU-USA, JPN-USA, JPN-DEU); in this case a country generally coordinate the project and the others are partners. Partner – country of residence of the inventor(s) who collaborate to the patent. Technology domain – the three main areas of innovation in fisheries and aquaculture, related to technology development. In detail: 1. Harvesting technology such as more effective ways to find or harvest fish and which are typically associated with improvements in catch per unit of effort (e.g. type/size of vessels and their methods of propulsion, search technologies, method of catching or harvesting fish and bringing them on board); 2.Aquaculture technology such as methods to more effectively grow fish in captivity (innovation in feeds, improving the health of aquaculture animals, etc.); 3. New products and markets such as the development of new fish products and markets (food technologies/processing such as the development of surimi as a crabmeat substitute) and the improvement of market access (secure or enlarge markets for fish products) that provides important incentives for green growth (e.g. eco-certification with fishers adopting by-catch saving technologies or modifying fishing practices and/or territorial user rights in fisheries).
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies. The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies. The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies. The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Denmark
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Quarterly flow statistics on direct investment by type, principle, item, country, domestic economic activity and time
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      El flujo de inmigrantes se refiere al número de personas que cambiaron su país de residencia habitual durante el período de referencia. El país de residencia habitual de una persona es el país en que la persona tiene un lugar donde normalmente pasa su tiempo diario de reposo. Los viajes temporarios al extranjero por placer, vacaciones, negocios, tratamiento médico o peregrinación religiosa no implican ningún cambio en el país de residencia habitual. Los datos están desagregados por sexo y país de origen. El país de origen de una persona es el país del cual la persona proviene, es decir, el país de su ciudadanía (o, en el caso de los apátridas, el país de residencia habitual).
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      El flujo de salida de nacionales para el empleo hace referencia al número de ciudadanos legales de un país dado que cambiaron su país de residencia habitual por otro país en el período de referencia por motivos relacionados con el empleo. Los datos están desagregados por sexo y país de destino. El país de destino corresponde al país que representa el destino del flujo migratorio.
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      El flujo de salida de nacionales hace referencia al número de ciudadanos legales de un país dado que cambiaron su país de residencia habitual por otro país en el período de referencia. El país de residencia habitual de una persona es el país en que la persona tiene un lugar donde normalmente pasa su tiempo diario de reposo. Los viajes temporarios al extranjero por placer, vacaciones, negocios, tratamiento médico o peregrinación religiosa no implican ningún cambio en el país de residencia habitual. Los datos están desagregados por sexo y país de destino. El país de destino corresponde al país que representa el destino del flujo migratorio.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: United Nations World Food Programme
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 diciembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      IRMA is computed on one representative ton of the food aid basket the user has selected. The "representativity" of the ton comes from the fact that the shares of the commodities are the same as those in the total selected food basket. Therefore it can be used for comparisons among food aid baskets of different size and in understanding how much of their difference in nutritional content is due to the absolute value in metric tons of the donations and how much is due to the nutritional qualities of food delivered.   IRMA, IRMAs and IRMAt provide only information on their 'nutritional potential' of meeting average requirements.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: United Nations World Food Programme
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 diciembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The energy intake of a human being is the only one among the nutrients that cannot in the short run be renounced without putting at immediate risk the possibility of survival itself. A lack of other nutrients increases susceptibility to infections and slows cognitive development and growth, contributing to poorer school performance and reduced work productivity. These effects are largely irreversible and long term, particularly when they occur at a young age. For these reasons, the IRMAs computation takes the content of Energy as a benchmark to compare with the other nutrients' content. For the calculation of IRMAs, we start with the IRMA values for each nutrient. IRMA of a nutrient counts the number of average individuals that could potentially be satisfied by the nutrient contained in a ton of food aid.   IRMA, IRMAs and IRMAt provide only information on their 'nutritional potential' of meeting average requirements.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: United Nations World Food Programme
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 diciembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      IRMAt (Individual Requirements Met on Average, Total) can be considered an alternative measure for food aid deliveries. By knowing how many tons of which commodity are contained in the food aid basket, it is easy to compute how many micrograms of nutrients there are in the overall basket. But, a measure like that would not be easy to interpret. Furthermore, each nutrient is measured in a different unit (for example, vitamin C is measured in micrograms and fat is measured in grams). IRMAt 'standardizes' the nutritional content of food aid by taking it as a percentage of human nutritional requirements. IRMAt of a nutrient is nothing but the number of individual requirements that could potentially be met on an annual basis by the total food aid deliveries selected. IRMAt values are descriptive of a food aid basket and are dependent on the absolute value in tonnage. They give information that reflects both nutritional content and the size of the food aid deliveries. From this point of view IRMAt can be considered a unit of measurement for food aid flows: it measures food aid basket by the number of average individuals that its nutritional content could potentially satisfy.   IRMA, IRMAs and IRMAt provide only information on their 'nutritional potential' of meeting average requirements.
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Food Balance Sheet presents a comprehensive picture of the pattern of a country's food supply during a specified reference period. The food balance sheet shows for each food item - i.e. each primary commodity and a number of processed commodities potentially available for human consumption - the sources of supply and its utilization. The total quantity of foodstuffs produced in a country added to the total quantity imported and adjusted to any change in stocks that may have occurred since the beginning of the reference period gives the supply available during that period. On the utilization side a distinction is made between the quantities exported, fed to livestock, used for seed, put to manufacture for food use and non-food uses, losses during storage and transportation, and food supplies available for human consumption. The per caput supply of each such food item available for human consumption is then obtained by dividing the respective quantity by the related data on the population actually partaking of it. Data on per caput food supplies are expressed in terms of quantity and - by applying appropriate food composition factors for all primary and processed products - also in terms of caloric value and protein and fat content.
    • enero 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Commodity balances show balances of food and agricultural commodities in a standardized form. The scope of standardization is to present these data in a less detailed form for a selected number of commodities without causing any significant loss of the basic variables monitoring the agricultural sector. The selected commodities include the equivalents of their derived products falling in the same commodity group, but exclude the equivalents of by-products and derived commodities, which through processing, change their nature and become part of different commodity groups. A number of commodity/item aggregates have been included to offer synthetic information. Some of these are included with the aim of simplifying the extraction of all component commodities. Data shown in the item aggregates represent the sum of the component commodities as presented in this domain (standardized form). Commodity coverage: The commodity list in this domain has been generally confined to primary commodities - except for sugar, oils and fats and beverages. Whenever possible trade in processed commodities is expressed in the originating primary commodity equivalent. Rice is expressed in milled equivalent.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Knoema
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Collect food prices data in your country and earn up to $120 every month.We are looking for data collectors who will go to the specific markets weekly, collect data on food prices for about 25 items and submit them into our system.
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • enero 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • septiembre 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 04 octubre, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The number of students enrolled refers to the count of students studying in the reference period. Each student enrolled in the education programmes covered by the corresponding category is counted once and only once. National data collection systems permitting, the statistics reflect the number of students enrolled at the beginning of the school / academic year. Preferably, the end (or near-end) of the first month of the school / academic year is chosen (special arrangements are made for part-year students who may not start studies at the beginning of the school year). Students are classified as foreign students (non-citizens) if they are not citizens of the country in which the data are collected. While pragmatic and operational, this classification is inappropriate for capturing student mobility because of differing national policies regarding the naturalisation of immigrants. Countries that have lower propensity to grant permanent residence to its immigrant populations are likely to report second generation immigrants as foreign students. Therefore, for student mobility and bilateral comparisons, interpretations of data based on the concept of foreign students should be made with caution. Students are classified as international students if they left their country of origin and moved to another country for the purpose of study. Depending on country-specific immigration legislation, mobility arrangements, and data availability, international students may be defined as students who are not permanent or usual residents of their country of study or alternatively as students who obtained their prior education in a different country, including another EU country.
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 octubre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: Department of Statistics, Malaysia
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 octubre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • septiembre 2018
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The activities of multinational enterprises statistics available here provide a picture of the overall activities of U.S. affiliates of foreign parents and contain a wide variety of indicators of their financial structure and operations. These statistics cover items that are needed in analyzing the characteristics, performance, and economic impact of MNEs, and are obtained from mandatory surveys of U.S. affiliates of foreign parents conducted by BEA.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      FDI statistics cover all entities in an FDI relationship. An FDI relationship is established when an investor in one country acquires 10% or more of the voting power in a business enterprise in another country. The investor is also called a direct investor or a parent and the business enterprise is called a direct investment enterprise or an affiliate. The 10 percent criteria is used to establish that the direct investor has a significant degree of influence over the operations of the direct investment enterprise.   The FDI population includes affiliates that are directly and indirectly owned by the parent. In direct ownership, the parent owns the 10% or more voting power itself. In indirect ownership, the parent controls an affiliate that in turn owns 10 percent or more of the voting power in another enterprise.   The FDI population also includes enterprises that are not in a direct investment relationship themselves but have a direct investor in common. Called fellow enterprises, they are included because, even though there is no direct investment relationship between the two, any transactions between them likely resulted from the influence that their common direct investor has on both of their operations.
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset contains information on foreign direct investment (FDI) inward and outward flows and stock, expressed in millions of dollars. These figures correspond to the Statistical Annexes of the UNCTAD World Investment Report. The World Investment Report, which is released in June each year (t), contains annual data up to the year before (t-1). However, at the time of publication, the data for the most recent year are still preliminary and are subject to revision by the national authorities. When they revise data, UNCTAD updates its database accordingly. The dataset also presents the following indicators: the percentage share of each economy/group in the world, and percentage ratios of FDI to GDP. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is an investment made by a resident enterprise in one economy (direct investor or parent enterprise) with the objective of establishing a lasting interest in an enterprise that is resident in an another economy (direct investment enterprise or foreign affiliate). The lasting interest implies the existence of a long-term relationship between the direct investor and the direct investment enterprise and a significant degree of influence on the management of the enterprise. The ownership of 10% or more of the voting power of a direct investment enterprise by a direct investor is evidence of such a relationship. FDI flows comprise mainly three components:acquisition or disposal of equity capital. FDI includes the initial equity transaction that meets the 10% threshold and all subsequent financial transactions and positions between the direct investor and the direct investment enterprise;reinvestment of earnings which are not distributed as dividends;inter-company debt. FDI flows are transactions recorded during the reference period (typically year or quarter). FDI stocks are the accumulated value held at the end of the reference period (typically year or quarter). In 2014, many countries implemented the new guidelines for the compilation of FDI data based on the Sixth edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual (BPM6) and the Fourth edition of OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment (BD4). One of the major changes introduced in BPM6 and BD4 is the presentation of FDI statistics on an asset/liability basis instead of the directional principle (as recommended by the previous editions of these guidelines). On an asset/liability basis, direct investment statistics are organized according to whether the investment relates to an asset or a liability for the reporting country. Under the directional principle, the direct investment statistics are organized according to the direction of the investment for the reporting country - either inward or outward. The two presentations differ in their treatment of reverse investment (reverse investment is when an affiliate provides loans to its parent). Under the directional presentation, reverse investment is subtracted to derive the total outward or inward investment of the reporting economy. Therefore, FDI statistics on an asset/liability basis tends to be higher than those under the directional principle, but such is not always the case. While the presentation on an asset/liability basis is appropriate for macroeconomic analysis (i.e. the impact on the balance of payments), the presentation on directional principle is more appropriate to assist policymakers and government officials to formulate investment policies. This is because the presentation of the FDI data on directional basis reflects the direction of influence by the foreign direct investor underlying the direct investment: inward or outward direct investment. FDI data in this table are on directional principle, unless otherwise indicated
    • octubre 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 001 -- Foreign direct investments by country 2013- http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__yri__ssij/statfin_ssij_pxt_001.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ..=Information is confidential .=Information is missing Description of statistics Concepts and definitions
    • enero 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Centre of Abu Dhabi
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Note: 2017 values are Preliminary Estimates.
    • junio 2012
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 julio, 2012
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This Dataset contains 5 Tables. Foreign official reserves - Annual data (mny_for_a); Foreign official reserves - Quarterly data (mny_for_q); Foreign official reserves - Monthly data (mny_for_m); Monetary gold in fine troy ounces - Yearly data (mny_for_gold_a); Monetary gold in fine troy ounces - Monthly data (mny_for_gold_m). Note: i) All data in the datasets represents 'Value at the end of the period (END)'. ii): Eurostat Hierarchy: Economy and finance > Monetary and other financial statistics (mny) > Foreign official reserves (mny_for).
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: General Authority for Statistics, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
      Subido por: Shakthi Krishnan
      Acceso el: 10 septiembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Ministry of Finance, R.O.C. (Taiwan)
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The statistics cover only goods exported to and imported from the economic territory of the Republic of China (Taiwan, Penghu, Kinmen and Matsu). Fish caught and sold overseas by national fishing vessels are also included in exports.Total Exports = Exports + Re-exports, Total Imports = Imports + Re-imports.Exports/re-exports is based on F.O.B. value. Imports/re-imports is based on C.I.F value.The same currency exchange rate from NT dollar to US dollar is applied to either imports/re-imports or exports/re-exports, which is the midpoint between selling and buying rates announced by Customs every 10 days in a month for filling Customs declaration purpose.Notes:  1. Prior to 2015, the value of exports includes bunker oil for the use of national vessels, aircrafts and other means of conveyance engaged in international trade. 2. Prior to 1998, the value of exports and imports by Continent/Country excludes re-exports and re-imports.   2019 values are year to date
    • junio 2019
      Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2018
      Fuente: World Trade Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 abril, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      World Bank/WTO/UNCTAD - Annual Trade in Services Dataset
    • enero 2016
      Fuente: National Agency of Statistics and Demography, Senegal
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: https://senegal.opendataforafrica.org/SNFT2015
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Instituto Nacional de Estatistica, Angola
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: https://angola.opendataforafrica.org/qymgnrb
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Bahrain Open Data Portal
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The dataset provided by the iGA via http://www.data.gov.bh and terms of use available at http://www.data.gov.bh/en/TermsOfUse . To the full extent permitted by law the iGA is not liable for any damage or loss of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the use of the datasets or any derived analyses or application
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: German Chemicals Industry Association
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Chemistry facts and figures of Foreign Trade, Germany Facts and figures for chemistry (2017), Foreign Trade
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Economic Timeseries Database-Economic Research and Policy Department, Central Bank of the Islamic Republic of Iran
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Foreign Trade, Iran
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Kuwait Central Statistical Bureau
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: Lao Statistics Bureau
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This data set contains information of The statistics yearbook 2017 is compiled and published by Lao statistics Bureau, Ministry of Planning and Investment. Lao statistics Bureau of expressing gratitude provincial statistics Centre, line ministries involved, ministry-equivalent agencies and other parties to contribute to compile statistical data Economic, Social and Natural Resources and Environment cooperation throughout, Lao Statistics Bureau welcome the proposal, comments and feedback to guide the improvement this magazines better. Meanwhile, the Lao Statistics Bureau express thanks to highly among those interested in using information and statistics to Lao Statistics Bureau.
    • enero 2016
      Fuente: Liberia Institute of Statistics & Geo-Information Services
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: https://liberia.opendataforafrica.org/TDL2016
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: National Bureau of Statistics, Maldives
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 junio, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: National Bureau of Statistics, Nigeria
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      1. Nigeria Trade Statistics by Region and Major Trading Partners, December 2018 2. 2018 annual value is up to 2018 Jan to 2018 December   Nigeria: Trade Statistics by Region and Major Trading Partners
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Pakistan Bureau of Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Ministry of Development Planning and Statistics, Qatar
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Qatar: Foreign Merchandise Trade The foreign trade data reflects a clear image of the stages of economical growth in the State of Qatar, as it shows the commodities flow in the shape of national exports, re-exports, and imports to / from different countries of the world. The foreign trade tables contains detailed data for visible imports by country of origin and Exports and Re-Exports by country of destination. The commodity tables are classified by sections and items of the Harmonized System (H.S.) issued by World Customs Organization, which was adapted according to GCC’s needs to meet the actual movement of foreign trade in the region, in addition to other statistical tables. The customs declaration entry issued by Customs Department is the main source of statistical information according to the Special Trade System adopted by the State of Qatar.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency-SAMA
    • noviembre 2015
      Fuente: Central Bureau of Statistics, Sudan
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: https://sudan.opendataforafrica.org/SDCBSFT2015
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Federal Competitiveness and Statistics Authority, United Arab Emirates
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: https://uaenumbers.fcsa.gov.ae/UAEITSS2018U3
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Uganda Bureau of Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The database contains data on the production and trade in roundwood and primary wood and paper products for all countries and territories in the world. The main types of primary forest products included in are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. These products are detailed further. The definitions are available. The database contains details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals (production) by type of wood and assortment - Production and trade in roundwood, woodfuel and other basic products - Industrial roundwood by assortment and species - Sawnwood, panels and other primary products - Pulp and paper & paperboard. More detailed information on wood products, including definitions, can be found at http://www.fao.org/forestry/statistics/80572/en/
    • mayo 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: Carbon Dioxide Information Analysis Center
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 mayo, 2017